You are on page 1of 386

JUPITER Operating Table

Service Manual
This is a class 1 medical product within the meaning of the European Medical Device Directive (MDD)
93/42/EEC, June 1993, Appendix 9, and the German Medizin Produkte Gesetz (MPG) (Law of Medical
Products), August 1994, Appendix 9.

The manufacturer declares that this product conforms to the essential requirement of the MPG, Appendix 7,
and this is documented by the CE sign.

TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH


Postfach 1263
D-07303 Saalfeld
Germany

TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH


Carl-Zeiss-Straße 5
D-07318 Saalfeld
Germany

Sales and Telephone +49 3671 586-0


Distribution Telefax +49 3671 586 166

Service Telephone +49 3671 586 172


+49 3671 586 176
Telefax +49 3671 586 175

We are constantly working on further developments.


Therefore, please understand that we must reserve the right to change the scope of delivery in respect of the
form, equipment and technology at any time.

Reprinting, copying or translating this document, in whole or in part, is forbidden without the express written
permission of TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH.

All rights under the copyright laws are expressly reserved by TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH.

Within the framework of the legal requirements, the manufacturer is only responsible for the safety
characteristics of this device if the maintenance, repair and modifications performed on this device are carried
out by the manufacturer, or by a person authorised by the manufacturer and in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.

© 03/03 TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH


ATTENTION!
This Service Manual only applies to the following sale units/item numbers:

JUPITER SF column (permanently mounted column) 4 544 112


JUPITER SM column (mobile column) 4 544 113
GM Table top 4 544 100
RY Table top 4 544 130
Pelvis section, driven (PSA) 4 544 102
Cable remote control 4 544 119
IR remote control 4 544 120
Charging unit for remote control (table model) 4 544 122
Charging unit for remote control (wall model, 230 V) 4 544 123
Charging unit for remote control (wall model, 24 V) 4 544 139
SM column power pack (230 V) 4 544 121
SM column power pack (230 V) 4 144 892
SM column power pack (115 V) 4 144 897
SF column power pack (230 V) 4 145 564
SF column power pack (115 V) 4 145 565
Shuttle 1 4 544 115
Shuttle 2 4 544 116
Shuttle 3 4 544 117
Section control unit 4 544 148
Charging unit for Section control unit 4 544 149

NOTE!
Only perform those repairs which
• you are familiar with through your training, or have been agreed with
TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH in advance,
• and are described in the Service Manual,
• only use original spare parts which provide complete functionality and
safety.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03
Contents

Contents
1 Introduction
1.1 Notes for Service Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2 Important information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3 General Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.4 Protection against Infection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.5 Instructions for Protecting the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.6 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

2 Preparations
2.1 Repair Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2 Tools, Measuring Equipment, Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

3 Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns


3.1 Changing the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2 Replacing the Circuit Boards in the Operating Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.3 Replacing the Adapter Circuit Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.4 Test/Replace Fuses in the Operating Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.5 Replace Operating Computer EPROMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.6 Replace Contact Plate/Circuit Board of the Column Head Cover . . . . . . . . . 25
3.7 Replacing the Connection Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Connection Unit for External Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Hand Control Connection Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.8 Replacing the Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.9 Replace Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Wedge Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Sensor Module on the Left-Hand Tilting Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Sensor Module on the Right-Hand Tilting Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Sensor Module on the Trendelenburg Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Reference Sensor on the Vertical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Takeover Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Presence Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Inclination Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.10 Replacing the End Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
In the Sensor Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
On the Vertical Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.11 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.12 Replace Power Train. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.13 Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Lifting Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Trendelenburg Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Tilting Motor Right Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Tilting Motor Left Drive Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.14 Replacing the Membrane Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.15 Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 1


Contents

4 Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns


4.1 Replacing the Cladding Components (without Membrane Keypad) . . . . . . . .69
4.2 Replacing the Cladding Component with the Membrane Keypad . . . . . . . . . .70
4.3 Replacing the Head Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
4.4 Replacing the Rubber Bellows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
4.5 Replacing the Complete Base Plate and Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
4.6 Replacing the Rubber Seal for the Base Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
4.7 Replacing the Potential Contact under the Base Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
4.8 Replacing the Drives (Trendelenburg, Tilting/Left, Tilting/Right) . . . . . . . . . . .77
Trendelenburg Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Dismantling the Trendelenburg Drive Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Replacing the toothed belt of the Trendelenburg drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Replacing the spindle/stop nut of the Trendelenburg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Replacing the Trendelenburg drive motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Tilting Drive/Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Dismantling the Tilting Module (Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Replacing the toothed belt of the tilting drive/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Replacing the spindle/stop nut of the tilting drive/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Replacing the tilting drive motor/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Tilting Drive/left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Dismantling the Tilting Module/Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Replacing the toothed belt of the tilting drive/left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Replacing the spindle/stop nut of the tilting drive/left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Replacing the tilting drive motor/left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
4.9 Replacing the Main Spindle and Toothed Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Dismantling the bearing module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Replacing the toothed belt of the bearing module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Setting the bearing module (only if necessary!) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Replacing the ball-bearing spindle in the bearing modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
4.10 Repairing and setting the brake on the SF column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Removing the set of batteries from the SF column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

5 Electrical Components of the GM Table top


5.1 Contact Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
5.2 Distributor Circuit Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
5.3 Replacing the longitudinal displacement motor/toothed disc . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Removing the toothed disc (motor pinion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
5.4 Longitudinal Displacement Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
5.5 Sensor for Detecting the OR Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
5.6 Leg Section Presence Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
5.7 Reference and End Sensors for the Leg Section Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
5.8 Reference and End Sensors for the Back Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
5.9 Leg Section Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
5.10 Back Section Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
5.11 Connecting Socket for Additional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
5.12 Electrical Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Additional Accessory Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Contact Plate Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Longitudinal displacement reference sensor/OR adapter cable . . . . . . . . . .127
Leg section cable left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Back section cable left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Contents

6 Mechanical Components of the GM Table top


6.1 Plastic Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
6.2 Covering Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
6.3 Leg Section Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
6.4 Leg Section Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
6.5 Back Section Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.6 Back Section Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.7 Back Section Spar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
6.8 Power train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
6.9 Bevel Wheel Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
6.10 Linear Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
6.11 Toothed Rack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
6.12 Bevel Wheel Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
6.13 Shaft’s Toothed Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
6.14 Ball Bearing of the Longitudinal Displacement Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
6.15 Toothed Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
6.16 Power Train Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
6.17 Cam Lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

7 Additional Components
7.1 Remote Control with circuit board 4 144 709 (old version) . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Removing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Replacing the circuit board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Replacing the EPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Replacing the foil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
7.2 Cable remote control with circuit board 4 144 996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
7.3 Infrared remote control with circuit board 4 144 995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
7.4 Power Pack for the SM Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
7.5 Power Pack for the SF Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
7.6 Charging Unit for the Remote Control (Table Model). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
7.7 Charging Unit for Remote Control (Wall Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

8 Accessories
8.1 Section Control Unit and Power Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Power pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Replacing the Mains Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Testing/Replacing the Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
8.2 Section Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Replacing the Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Testing/Replacing the Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Replacing the EPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Replacing the Connecting Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Replacing the PCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Replacing the Membrane Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 3


Contents

9 PSA Electrical Components


9.1 Replacing the Connecting Cable/PSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
9.2 Replacing the Socket for the Section Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
9.3 Replacing the Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
9.4 Replacing the Leg Section Presence Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
9.5 Replacing the Reference/End Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
9.6 Replacing the Connecting Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
9.7 Replacing Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193

10 PSA Mechanical Components


10.1 Replacing the Plastic Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
10.2 Replacing the Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
10.3 Replacing the Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
10.4 Coupling Mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

11 Electrical Components of the RY Table top


11.1 Contact Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
11.2 Distributor Circuit Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
11.3 Leg Section Presence Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
11.4 Reference and End Sensors for the Leg Section Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
11.5 Leg Section Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
11.6 Connecting Socket for Additional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
11.7 Electrical Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Additional Accessory Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Cable Contact Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
Leg Section Cable - Right/Left. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217

12 Mechanical Components of the RY Table top


12.1 Plastic Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
12.2 Covering Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
12.3 Leg Section Gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
12.4 Leg Section Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
12.5 Seat Section Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225

13 Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3


13.1 Fender and Initiator Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
13.2 Changing the Adjustable Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
13.3 Takeover Release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
13.4 Changing the Front Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
13.5 Rear Wheel Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
13.6 Replacing the Table top Locking Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
13.7 Table/Column Changeover Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
13.8 Replacing the Hydraulic Lifting Unit (Shuttle 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
13.9 Bowden Cable (Shuttles 2 and 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
13.10 Drive (Shuttles 2 and 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239

4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Contents

14 Appendices
A Operating Instructions in brief
B Fault Tracing to the JUPITER Operating Table
C Technical Support
D Test Programs
E PC Service Program
F Circuit Diagrams
G Overview of Fuses
H Annual Maintenance Work: JUPITER System
I Spare parts SM/SF column
J Spare parts GM Table top
K Spare parts Shuttle 1, Shuttle 2, Shuttle 3
L Status and Error Messages: Operating Table Software
M Operation and power supply
N Second-hand parts

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 5


Contents

6 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Introduction

1 Introduction
Please follow this manual exactly when performing repairs and keep to all the scheduled
repair steps.
We would be grateful to receive any corrections to this manual and also any tips for
performing repairs more efficiently than described here.
Please contact our Service Department in Saalfeld.

1.1 Notes for Service Personnel


This repair manual is intended for trained service and maintenance personnel.
Refer to the user manual for information about operating the device.
Please contact our Service Department if a problem occurs which cannot be remedied with
the assistance of this repair manual.
Repairs may only be performed by trained personnel.
We offer training for this purpose.
This service manual also serves as training documentation.
Repairs which are not covered by this service manual may only be performed after
consultation with TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH or be performed by
TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH in Saalfeld.
After all repairs or settings, a functional test or test must be performed in accordance with
the instructions in this service manual.
The device may only be handed over to the customer after being tested and in a fully
functional condition.

The handover must be made in writing and must be confirmed by the customer.
The device must be demonstrated to the customer at the handover.

TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH


Service
Carl-Zeiss-Straße 5
D-07318 Saalfeld
Germany

Telephone: +49 3671 58 61 72


+49 3671 58 61 76
Telefax: +49 3671 58 61 75

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 7


Introduction

1.2 Important information

Important information in this service manual is marked as follows.


Please pay particular attention to these notes.
An additional symbol alongside the warning symbol illustrates the danger.

WARNING!
Danger to life and limb (for example electric shock)!
Risk of serious injuries and damage to property.

CAUTION!
Risk of injury and/or damage to property.
(The example shown here is the symbol for the risk of fingers being
crushed).

ATTENTION!
Risk of damage to property.

NOTE!
Useful additional information and tips.

TEST!
Performance of functional testing, measurements and tests.

ENVIRONMENT!
Instruction for protection of the environment.

8 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Introduction

1.3 General Safety Instructions


Please observe the following instructions:
• Only perform those repairs and settings for which you have been trained and which are
described in the Service Manual.
Please contact us if you have any doubts.
• Only use original spare parts provided by TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH as spare
parts.
• Keep the areas around the device clean and tidy during and after maintenance.
• Do not perform any actions which could put people in danger or could make the device
a source of danger.
• Store dismounted casings and other parts of the device which have been removed in a
safe place while working. Always place tools and dismounted parts in a place where no
one can trip over or slip on them. If any nuts, bolts or other small parts fall into any of
the JUPITER modules they must be removed.
• Your clothing must be so arranged that it cannot get caught in the device. Button up the
sleeves of your shirt or jacket or roll them up. Long hair must be tied together or put up.
Tuck the ends of scarves, ties and shawls into your clothing or fasten them securely.
Loose items of clothing can be dangerous!
• Wear protective goggles for the following activities:
– hammering pins or similar parts in or out
– removing springs under tension and safety devices
– working with an electric drill
– using spring hooks or inserting springs
– soldering
– when using solvents, cleansers or other chemicals
– in general, when the working conditions present a possible risk to the eyes.
• After work has been completed, replace or renew all safety devices, such as:
– covers
– cable connectors, cable holders
– cable screens
– bonding and potential connections
– earthing connections.
potential equalisation/earth connections must be tested after assembly.
• When soldering, only limed resin may be used as flux.
• After completing the repair, check the electrical connections again with the circuit
diagram before performing a functional test.
• Bolts and screws with an M4 or larger thread must be fixed with Omnifit 100 (red).
• Replace all defective parts, which are not clearly in good working order, with original
spare parts, including those which go beyond the scope of the repair order.
• After repairs have been completed, all cables must be restored to their original positions,
and a final check must be made for any risk of shearing and crushing.
Check the cable positions again during and after the course of movements of the table
and its sections.
• Unauthorised or provisional repairs are not permitted, even if the customer requests
them.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 9


Introduction

1.4 Protection against Infection

Safety instructions for working in the operating theatre area:

CAUTION!
There is a risk of infection in the entire hospital.
Observe all safety measures.
As a service technician, also follow the requirements of the medical facility
concerning protection against infection.

• Only perform maintenance and repair work on operating tables which have been
disinfected.
• The disinfection of the interior parts of the operating table must be organised at the
proper time before the repair/maintenance work and is to be performed by the medical
facility.
• Observe all the medical facility’s hygiene requirements concerning clothing, cleaning
regulations and disinfection measures. Observe all rules on behaviour, especially in the
operating theatre area.
• Work may only be performed in the operating theatre area if the relevant authorisation
has been given.
• See a doctor immediately if symptoms of illness or disease occur.
Tell your doctor that you have worked in areas where there is risk of infection - even
months later.

Instructions for persons at risc:

NOTE!
Ask a doctor about the possible risks and possible measures to avoid them
in your work as a service technician.

• After consulting a doctor, get inoculated against hepatitis B.


A booster inoculation is required every 3 to 5 years.
• The incubation period for hepatitis B is 1 to 6 months.

1.5 Instructions for Protecting the Environment


• Follow the recycling regulations for components which have been removed, particularly
in the case of:
– batteries
– circuit boards
– cables.

10 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Introduction

1.6 Glossary

The following terms and abbreviations are used in this service manual:

Terms and Abbreviations


SM column Column, mobile
SF column Column, permanently installed
Operating table Table top with column
Table top Table top without column
Column Column without table top
System Column, Table top, Shuttle and functional accessories
Functional accessories Head-/leg section, adapters, extensions etc.
Shuttle Transporter for table top with/without column
(Shuttle variants 1, 2 or 3)
Remote control Infrared remote control (no cable)
Hand control Hand control with spiral cable
Membrane keypad Column keypad, operating keypad on the column
Foot control Foot control for Trendelenburg and height
Wall panel Operating keypad on the wall
Standard rail Fixing rail for accessories and fitments
Coupling point Separable connecting point between the functional
accessories
Docking point Wedge and wedge holder
Contact plate Electrical connection between column head and
table top
AP area Area which is subject to special conditions in accordance
with DIN VDE 0107
Zone M Zone devision in accordance with DIN VDE 0107
AP-M Designation of device protection type for devices which
may be used in the AP area of Zone M
Shift key Key used in two-key operations for additional functions

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 11


Introduction

12 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Preparations

2 Preparations

2.1 Repair Site


Ensure that conditions are hygienic at the working site, ask the doctor responsible if you are
in any doubt concerning protection against infection.
Do not perform the repairs until protection against infection has been ensured for you!

CAUTION!
There is a risk of infection in the entire hospital!
Follow all safety measures.
As a service technician, also follow the requirements of the medical facility
in respect of protection against infection.

Observe the following:


• Only perform maintenance and repairs on devices which have been disinfected.
• The disinfection of the interior parts of the operating table must be organised at the
proper time before the repair/maintenance work and is to be performed by the medical
facility.
• Observe all the medical facility’s hygiene requirements concerning clothing, cleaning
regulations and disinfection measures. Observe all rules on behaviour, especially in the
operating theatre area.
• Work may only be performed in the operating theatre area if the relevant authorisation
has been given.

2.2 Tools, Measuring Equipment, Materials


Tools

Basic equipment:
• Set of mechanic’s tools
• Hot air gun (hot air blower)
• Battery screwdriver

Special tools:

• Allen keys for emergency adjustment of the column stroke


• Pin remover
• Ejector tool (LEMO) for contacts on the table top socket
• Open-ended spanner 10 (ground)
• Lever for operating computer
• Special spanner for slotted nut

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 13


Preparations

TRUMPF Medizin Systeme Measuring Equipment (specifically for JUPITER Service)

• Filling gauge 0.2 mm/small


• Gauges 1, 2, 3 (for end switch settings)

Materials

• Scotch Weld 110DP adhesive


• Instant adhesive
• Line connector
• Screw fixing lacquer OMNIFITT 100M
• Screw fixing lacquer OMNIFITT 200M
• Fixing lacquer for sensors
• Double sided adhesive tape
• Wooden spacer (replacing lifting motor)
• Wooden spacer (work beneath the base plate)
• Spirit (degreaser)
• Spindle grease (order from TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH)

14 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3 Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns


CAUTION!
Danger of infection!
Before beginning work, obtain confirmation from the medical facility that all
the necessary measures for protection against infection have been
performed.

3.1 Changing the Batteries


NOTE!
Always change the complete set of batteries.

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.

1
2

Figure 1: Sheet metal covering of the bottom of the column


1 Sheet metal covering 2 M3 screws

3. Screw 2 M3 screws [2] out of the lower part of the sheet metal covering [1].

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 15


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3
4
5

Figure 2: Securing the column covering


3 Sheet metal covering 5 Trendelenburg drive
4 M6 fixing screw

4. Open the bottom of the sheet metal covering [3], slide it upwards and fix it securely to
the Trendelenburg drive [5] with the M6 fixing screw [4].

1 2
+ -
1 3

- + 1 4
6
7
9
8 - +
1 0
1 1
Figure 3: Removing the batteries
6 Holding plate for holding band 11 Screw for cable holder
7 Holding band 12 Bridge, sw (black)
8 Plug shoe/battery connectors 13 Negative output voltage, bn (brown)
9 Plug 14 Positive output voltage, ws (white)
10 Cable holder

5. Pull the 6 battery connections [8] off the 3 batteries.


6. Remove 2 screws of the holding band [7] and screws of the holding plate [6].

16 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

7. Screw out the screws [11] on the cable holder [10] and remove the cable holder [10].
8. Mark plugs [9] and pull them out.
Plugs from top to bottom:
- Presence sensor
- Takeover sensor 1 (upper)
- Takeover sensor 2 (lower)

Reassembly:

ATTENTION!
Danger of a short circuit!
Connect the batteries correctly! Connecting the battery terminals incorrectly
causes damage. The batteries are connected in series!

1. Insert 3 new batteries.


2. Screw the holding band [7] and holding plate [6] up tightly.
3. Plug in bridges [12] and battery connections [13], [14].
The voltage between brown (bn) and white (ws) is 36 V DC.
4. Screw the cable holder [10] up with screws [11] and fix the cables.
5. Remount column.
6. Check the charge in the batteries (charge with power pack if necessary).

TEST!
Test the column functions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 17


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.2 Replacing the Circuit Boards in the Operating Computer

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug [4] out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Pull the socket connections off and cut the cable binders.
8. Remove the screws from the cooling plates.
9. Starting from one side, press the snap-in lugs of the circuit board holder together
(5 per circuit board) and carefully pull the circuit boards out in an upward direction.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Treat the cooling plates with heat-conducting paste and mount them.

1 4

2
3

Figure 4: IR Code
1 Coding switch for IR Code 3 Coding switch for IR Code
2 Coding switch for IR Code 4 Battery plug

• Take the IR code and set it for the new operating computer. Set with the coding switches
[1], [2] and [3] starting from the inside.
• Set the date and time with the PC (delete error memory and operating hours).

18 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

• Relay the cables as they were before and secure with new cable binders (see Cable
Layout Plan).
• Balance the inclination sensors.
• Check the charging end voltage (43.2 V).
• If necessary plug-in the jumper for permanent installation (see „Circuit Diagrams”).
• Plug contact plate plugs of the head cover into circuit board. Cable connection to circuit
board of the head cover must point to hand control connection unit.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 19


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.3 Replacing the Adapter Circuit Board

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 6 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
4. Remove the freed cover component and guide the rest of the cladding downwards.
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.
6. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding!

Unscrew the nuts (12 nuts) from the rubber bellows fixing frame.
7. Slide the rubber bellows upwards at the adapter circuit board corner and fix it.

1 1

2 2

3 3
4
5

Figure 5: Membrane keypad


1 Clamp terminal 4 Holding plate for the adapter-circuit
board
2 Membrane-flat ribbon cable 5 Membrane keypad of the column
3 Snap-in lug (circuit board holder)

8. Remove the flat ribbon cable [2] from terminal [1] (slide clip contact back and then pull
the flat ribbon cable out).
9. Starting from one side, press the snap-in lugs [3] of the circuit board holder together
and carefully remove the circuit board in an upward direction.
10. Unclamp the circuit board and replace it with a new one (see „Circuit Diagrams”).

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

20 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.4 Test/Replace Fuses in the Operating Computer

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows. Lever the head cover off
carefully. Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
NOTE!
Refer to the overview of all the fuses in the appendix.

Item no. 4 144 703 Item no. 4 144 991

1
1
F 3
F 3 F 4
F 4
F 1

F 1
F 5 F 2
F 6

Figure 6: Changing the fuses


1 Battery plug F4 630 mA fuse
F1 10 A delay-action fuse F5 630 mA delay-action fuse
F2 400 mA delay-action fuse F6 400 mA delay-action fuse
F3 2.5 A delay-action fuse

6. Pull the battery plug [1] out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Test the fuses which have been removed and replace where necessary.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 21


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
1. Test the fuses and replace where necessary (see „Overview of Fuses”).
2. Reinsert in the reverse order.
3. Plug the contact plate plugs of the head cover into the circuit board. The cable
connection to the circuit board of the head cover must show the hand control as the
connection unit.
4. Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

22 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.5 Replace Operating Computer EPROMs

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.

1
2

Figure 7: EPROM Replacement


1 Motor EPROM 3 Lug on EPROM
2 Operating EPROM 4 Battery plug

6. Pull the battery plug [4] out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Pull EPROM [1] and/or [2] carefully up out of the socket(s).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 23


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
1. Reinsert in the reverse order.
2. Carefully insert the new EPROM into the socket on the relevant circuit board.
NOTE!
Pay attention to the following during insertion:
- polarity
- EPROM lug must point towards the right-hand wedge
- avoid electrostatic charges.
3. Check whether all the pins are lying correctly on the socket guides.
4. Press the EPROM in carefully. Ensure that none of the pins gets bent while doing so.
5. Plug the contact plate plugs of the head cover into the circuit board.
The cable connection to the circuit board of the head cover must point to the hand
control connection unit.
6. Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

24 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.6 Replace Contact Plate/Circuit Board of the Column Head Cover

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.

1
2
3
4
6 5

Figure 8: Replacing the contact plate


1 M4 screws 4 Head cover
2 M3 nut 5 Circuit board
3 Contact plate 6 Contact plate plug

3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head cover [4].


4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the plug [6] of the contact plate out of the operating computer.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Unscrew 5 M3 nuts [2] on the contact plate [3] and remove the plate.
7. Unscrew 5 M4 screws [1] on the circuit board [5] and exchange the circuit board.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 25


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
1. Reassemble in the reverse order.
2. Insert the new element and ensure that it is in the proper position.
(The cable connection is made opposite to the information on the label on the potential
equalisation connection.)
3. Reseal with silicone when the contact plate has been replaced.
4. Plug the contact plate [6] plug of the head cover [4] into the operating computer.
The cable connection to the circuit board of the head cover must point to the hand
control connection unit.
5. Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

26 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.7 Replacing the Connection Units

Connection Unit for External Power Supply

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.

7
8
1 9
2
3
4
8
5 9
1 0
6
Figure 9: External power supply connection unit
1 Plug 6 M5 nuts
2 Cable screw connection charging 7 sw (black)
socket
3 Cable screw connection IR 8 ws (white)
4 Plug 9 gn (green)
5 External connection unit power supply 10 bn (brown)

7. Unscrew 2 M5 nuts [6] and loosen 2 cable screw connections [2], [3].
8. Unclip the cable leads to the plugs [1], [4].
9. Pull the connection unit external power supply [5] together with the cables carefully off
the column head and renew.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 27


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Plug the contact plate plugs of the head cover into the circuit board. The cable
connection to the circuit board of the head cover must point to the hand control
connection unit.
• Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

28 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Hand Control Connection Unit

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.

1 7
8
2 9
3
1 0
4 1 1
5 1 2
1 3
7
1 4
8
9
Figure 10: Hand control connection unit
1 Hand control connection unit 8 gn (green)
2 Plug 9 br (brown)
3 Cable screw connection IR 10 free
4 Plug 11 bl (blue)
5 Hand control cable screw connection 12 gr (gray)
6 M5 nuts 13 rs (pink)
7 ws (white) 14 ge (yellow)

7. Unscrew 2 M5 nuts [6] and disconnect 2 cable screw connections [3], [5].
8. Unclip cable leads to the plugs [2], [4].
9. Carefully pull the hand control connection unit [1] together with the cables off the
column head and renew it.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 29


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Plug the contact plate plugs of the head cover into the circuit board. The cable
connection to the circuit board of the head cover must point to he hand control
connection unit.
• Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

30 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.8 Replacing the Motor Control

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
4. Remove the freed cover component and guide the rest of the cladding downwards.
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.

3
1 4

Figure 11: Motor control


1 M4 screws 5 Stain relief clamp
2 Cable binder 6 Clamp block (left brown/right white)
cable to operating computer
3 Plug 7 Nuts
4 Screen for lifting motor cable 8 Clamp block (left brown/right white)
cable from lifting motor

6. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.

Screw 6 M4 screws [1] out of the motor control cover.


7. Remove the motor control cover.
8. Loosen the strain relief clamps [5] from the cables (3 nuts).
9. Remove 2 cable binders [2].
10. Unscrew 3 nuts [7] and remove the distance plate.
11. Mark all ten plugs [3] and remove them.
12. Unclip cables from terminal blocks [6], [8].
13. Remove an M5 machine screw from the right-hand side.
14. In addition, remove 2 M5 machine screws and 2 M4 hexagon head cap screws on the
left-hand side of the cover in order to be able to remove the motor control.
15. Remove the motor control and replace with a new one.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 31


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• Replace the cables exactly as they were before, renew cable binders.
• Clamp the shield/cable [4] under the lifting motor cover.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

32 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.9 Replace Sensors

Wedge Sensor

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.

1
2

Figure 12: Wedge sensor


1 M10 Allen screw 2 Wedge holder

7. Lever the metal covers [2] off both wedges (they are fixed with double-sided adhesive
tape).
8. Unclip the wedge sensor connections (3 items).
9. Screw out 2 M10 Allen screws [1] and remove wedge [2].
10. Bore out the wedge sensor and glue in a new one or change the wedge [2].

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 33


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Plug the contact plate plugs of the head cover into the circuit board. The cable
connection to the circuit board of the head cover must point to the hand control
connection unit.
• Remount column.

ATTENTION!
Danger of property damage!
Do not crush the cables during reassembly.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

34 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Sensor Module on the Left-Hand Tilting Drive

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Lever the metal covers off both wedges (they are fixed with double-sided adhesive tape).
8. Loosen 2 wedges and 2 connection units.
9. Pull the rubber bellows out of the groove, out of the wedges and the suspension unit
and press it downwards.
10. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
11. Remove the freed cover component and guide the rest of the cladding downwards.
12. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.

Unscrew the nuts (12 nuts) from the rubber bellows fixing frame.
13. Slide the rubber bellows upwards.
14. Unscrew (6 M5) the left-hand part of the fastening frame.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 35


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3
1 4

Figure 13: Motor control


1 M4 screws 5 Stain relief clamp
2 Cable binder 6 Clamp block (left brown/right white)
cable to operating computer
3 Plug 7 Nuts
4 Screen for lifting motor cable 8 Clamp block (left brown/right white)
cable from lifting motor

15. Remove 6 M4 screws [1] from the motor control cover.


16. Remove the motor control cover.
17. Loosen the cable strain relief clamps [4] (3 nuts) and remove the cable binders [2].
18. Unplug the sensor module plug connector [3] on the motor control.

9
1 0
1 1 A
1 2
1 3
1 4 B
1 5
Figure 14: Sensor module tilting drive left
9 Cardan 13 Screw
10 Setting screw 14 End switch tilting left
11 Reference sensor 15 Stop nut
12 Sensor module tilting left

19. The sensor module can be taken out after removing 2 M4 Allen screws [13].
20. Put in a new sensor module.

36 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
1. Reassemble in the reverse order.
2. Screw the new sensor module [12] down so that the switching point of the end
switch [14] lies in the upper third (B) of the stop nut [15] (only tighten the screws [13]
slightly).
NOTE!
Listen for the switching sound!
The end switch makes an audible click when the switching point is
reached.
3. Plug the sensor module [12] back into the motor control.
4. Plug the battery plug in and switch the column on.
5. In service mode, move all the spindle drives individually into the upper end position with
the remote control or with the PC.

1 6
1 7

1 8
1 9

Figure 15: End switch - Test left tilting drive switching point
16 Head 18 Cardan
17 Gauge 2 19 Suspension plate

6. Adjust the end switch of the left-hand tilting drive [14] by sliding the sensor module [12]
so that the gauge 2 [17], held as close as possible to the cardanic suspension [18], fits
tightly between the head [16] and the suspension plate [19] of the drive.
7. To set the reference sensor move all the spindles together into the lower end position.

2 0
2 1
2 1
2 2

A 2 3

Figure 16: Test reference sensor switching point tilting left


20 Cardan 22 Reference sensor
21 M4 setting screw 23 Sensor module

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 37


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

8. ATTENTION!
Danger of property damage!
Ensure that the M4 setting screw [21] on the cardan [20] does not hit the
sensor [22]. The setting screw [21] must travel past the reference
sensor [22] with a clearance (A) of < 0.3 mm.

To correct the clearance (A) between the setting screw [21] and reference sensor [22]
press the sensor module [23] left or right and then check the clearance (A) with a feeler
gauge.
9. Tighten the sensor module [23] screws [13] tightly.

2 4
2 5

2 6
2 7

Figure 17: Test reference sensor tilting drive left


24 Head 26 Cardan
25 Gauge 1 27 Suspension plate

10. Adjust the setting screw M4 [21] on the cardan [26] so that, after the spindle drive has
been switched off, gauge 1 [25] fits tightly between head [24] and suspension plate [27]
when held close against the drive cardan [26].
If gauge 1 [25] does not fit against the cardan [26], the cardan’s [26] setting screw [21]
must be readjusted.
11. Move the spindle drives upwards to some extent.
12. Travel to the lower end position again and check all drives with gauge 1 again.
13. Move the drives together almost to the upper end position.
14. Move the drives individually into the upper end position in service mode or with the PC.
15. Check the settings of the end switches for the tilting drives with gauge 2 and for the
Trendelenburg drive with gauge 3 again.
ATTENTION!
The settings are not finished until the gauges fit tightly between head
and suspension plate of the drives.
16. Reseal the screws.
17. Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

38 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Sensor Module on the Right-Hand Tilting Drive

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Lever the metal covers off both wedges (they are fixed with double-sided adhesive tape).
8. Loosen 2 wedges and 2 connection units.
9. Pull the rubber bellows out of the groove, out of the wedges and the suspension unit
and press it downwards.
10. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
11. Remove the freed cover component and guide the rest of the cladding downwards.
12. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.

Unscrew the nuts (12 nuts) from the rubber bellows fixing frame.
13. Slide the rubber bellows upwards.

1 1

2 2

3 3
4
5

Figure 18: Membrane keypad


1 Clamp terminal 4 Holding plate of adapter circuit board
2 Membrane flat ribbon cable 5 Column membrane keypad
3 Snap-in lug (circuit board holder)

14. Detach the flat ribbon cable [2] from the terminal [1] (slide the clip contact back and
then pull the flat ribbon cable out).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 39


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

15. Push the flat ribbon cable down and through.


16. Dismount the cover part with the membrane key pad (3 M3 screws).

8
6 9

1 0

1 1

1 2

1 3

Figure 19: Motor control


6 M4 screws 10 Stain relief clamp
7 Cable binder 11 Clamp block (left brown/right white)
cable to operating computer
8 Plug 12 Nuts
9 Screen for lifting motor cable 13 Clamp block (left brown/right white)
cable from lifting motor

17. Remove 6 M4 screws [6] on the motor control cover.


18. Remove the motor control cover.
19. Loosen the cable strain relief clamps [10] (3 nuts) and remove the cable binders [7].
20. Unplug the sensor module connector [8] to the motor control.
21. Undo the cable straps.

1 4
1 5
1 6
1 7 A
1 8
1 9
2 0 B
2 1
Figure 20: Sensor module tilting drive right
14 Cardan 18 Flat ribbon cable connection for
membrane keypad
15 Setting screw 19 M4 screw
16 Reference sensor 20 End switch tilting right
17 Sensor module tilting right 21 Stop nut

22. The sensor module [17] can be taken out after removing 2 M4 screws [19].

40 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
1. Reassemble in the reverse order.
2. Screw on the new sensor module [17] so that the switching point of the end switch [20]
lies in the upper third (B) of the stop nut [21] (only tighten the screws [19] slightly).
NOTE!
Listen for the switching sound!
The end switch makes an audible click when the switching point is
reached.
3. Plug the sensor module [17] back into the motor control.
4. Plug the battery plug in and switch the column on.
5. In service mode, move all the spindle drives individually into the upper end position with
the remote control or with the PC.

2 2
2 3

2 4
2 5

Figure 21: End switch - Test right tilting drive switching point
22 Head 24 Cardan
23 Gauge 2 25 Suspension plate

6. Adjust the end switch of the right-hand tilting drive [20] by sliding the sensor
module [17] so that the gauge 2 [23], held as close as possible to the cardanic
suspension [24], fits tightly between the head [22] and the suspension plate [25]
of the drive.
7. To set the reference sensor, move all the spindles together into the lower end position.

2 6
2 7
2 7
2 8

A 2 9

Figure 22: Test switching point of reference sensor tilting right


26 Cardan 28 Reference sensor
27 Setting screw 29 Sensor module

8. ATTENTION!
Danger of property damage!
Ensure that the M4 setting screw [22] on the cardan [26] does not hit the
sensor [28]. The setting screw [27] must travel past the reference
sensor [28] with a clearance (A) of < 0.3 mm.

To correct the clearance (A) between the setting screw [27] and reference sensor [28]
press the sensor module [29] left or right and then check the clearance (A) with a feeler
gauge.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 41


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

9. Tighten the sensor module [29] screws [19] tightly.

3 0
3 1

3 2
3 3

Figure 23: Test reference sensor tilting drive right


30 Head 32 Cardan
31 Gauge 1 33 Suspension plate

10. Adjust the setting screw M4 [27] on the cardan [32] so that, after the spindle drive has
been switched off, gauge 1 [31] fits tightly between head [30] and suspension plate [33]
when held close against the drive cardan [32].
If gauge 1 [31] does not fit against the cardan [32], the cardan’s [32] setting screw [27]
must be readjusted.
11. Move the spindle drives upwards to some extent.
12. Travel to the lower end position again and check all drives with gauge 1 again.
13. Move the drives together almost to the upper end position.
14. Move the drives individually into the upper end position in service mode or with the PC.
15. Check the settings of the end switches for the tilting drives with gauge 2 and for the
Trendelenburg drive with gauge 3 again.
ATTENTION!
The settings are not finished until the gauges fit tightly between head
and suspension plate of the drives.
16. Reseal the screws.
17. Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

42 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Sensor Module on the Trendelenburg Drive

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Lever the metal covers off both wedges (they are fixed with double-sided adhesive tape).
8. Loosen 2 wedges and 2 connection units.
9. Pull the rubber bellows out of the groove, out of the wedges and the suspension unit
and press it downwards.
10. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
11. Remove the freed cover component and guide the rest of the cladding downwards.
12. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.

Unscrew the nuts (12 nuts) from the rubber bellows fixing frame.
13. Slide the rubber bellows upwards.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 43


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

1 1

2 2

3 3
4
5

Figure 24: Membrane keypad


1 Clamp terminal 4 Holding plate of adapter circuit board
2 Membrane flat ribbon cable 5 Column membrane keypad
3 Snap-in lug (circuit board holder)

14. Detach the flat ribbon cable [2] from the terminal [1] (slide the clip contact back and
then pull the flat ribbon cable out).
15. Push the flat ribbon cable down and through.
16. Dismount the cover part with the membrane key pad (3 M3 screws).
17. Unscrew the holding plate [4] of the adapter circuit board from the fastening frame of
the rubber bellows (2 M4 screws).
NOTE!
Protect the adapter circuit board from mechanical damage and do not
let it hang by the cables.
18. Unscrew 10 M5 screws from the fastening frame of the rubber bellows.
19. Remove the frame and lay it down.
20. Lay the holding plate [4] with the adapter circuit board carefully and protected (pads if
necessary) between the column head and the suspension plate.

8
6 9

1 0

1 1

1 2

1 3

Figure 25: Motor Control


6 M4 screws 10 Strain relief clamp
7 Cable binder 11 Clamp block (left brown/right white)
cable to operating computer
8 Plug 12 Nuts
9 Screen for lifting motor cable 13 Clamp block (left brown/right white)
cable from lifting computer

21. Remove 6 M4 screws [6] from the motor control cover.

44 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

22. Remove the motor control cover.


23. Remove the cable strain relief clamps [10] (3 nuts) and remove the cable binders [7].
24. Unplug the sensor module connector [8] to the motor control.

1 4
1 5
1 6
1 7 A
1 8
1 9
2 0 B
2 1
Figure 26: Trendelenburg drive sensor module
14 Cardan 18 Trendelenburg sensor module
15 Setting screw 19 M4 screw
16 Reference sensor 20 Trendelenburg end switch
17 Flat ribbon cable connection for 21 Stop nut
membrane keypad

25. The sensor module [17] can be taken out after removing 2 M4 Allen screws [19].

Reassembly:
1. Reassemble in the revers order.
2. Screw on the new sensor module [17] so that the switching point of the end switch [20]
lies in the upper third (B) of the stop nut [21] (only tighten the screws [19] lightly).
NOTE!
Listen for the switching sound!
The end switch makes an audible click when the switching point is
reached.
3. Plug the sensor module [19] back into the motor control.
4. Plug the battery plug in and switch the column on.
5. In service mode, move all the spindle drives individually into the upper end position with
the remote control or with the PC.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 45


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

2 2
2 3

2 4
2 5

Figure 27: Test Trendelenburg drive reference sensor


22 Head 24 Gauge 3
23 Cardan 25 Suspension plate

6. Adjust the end switch of the Trendelenburg drive [20] by sliding the sensor module [17]
so that the gauge 3 [24], held as close as possible to the cardanic suspension [23] fits
tightly between the head [22] and the suspension plate [25] of the drive.
7. To set the reference sensor move all the spindles together into the lower end position.

2 6
2 7
2 7
2 8

A 2 9
Figure 28: Trendelenburg reference sensor switching point
26 Cardan 28 Reference sensor
27 Setting screw 29 Sensor module

8. ATTENTION!
Danger of property damage!
Ensure that the M4 setting screw [27] on the cardan [26] cannot hit the
sensor [28]. The setting screw [27] must travel past the reference
sensor [28] with a clearance (A) of < 0.3 mm.

To correct the clearance (A) between the setting screw [27] and reference sensor [28]
press the sensor module [29] left or right and then check the clearance (A) with a feeler
gauge.
9. Tighten the sensor module [29] screws [19] tightly.

46 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3 0
3 1

3 2
3 3

Figure 29: Test Trendelenburg drive reference sensor


30 Head 32 Gauge 1
31 Cardan 33 Suspension plate

10. Adjust the setting screw M4 [27] on the cardan [31] so that, after the spindle drive has
been switched off, gauge 1 [32] fits tightly between head [30] and suspension plate [33]
when held close against the drive cardan [31].
If gauge 1 [32] does not fit against the cardan [31], the cardan’s [31] setting screw [27]
must be readjusted.
11. Move the spindle drives upwards to some extent.
12. Travel to the lower end position again and check all drives with gauge 1 again
13. Move the drives together almost to the upper end position.
14. Move the drives individually into the upper end position in service mode or with the PC.
15. Check the settings of the end switches for the tilting drives with gauge 2 and for the
Trendelenburg drive with gauge 3 again.
ATTENTION!
The head adjustment must always be correct!
The settings are not finished until the gauges fit tightly between head
and suspension plate of the drives.
16. Reseal the screws.
17. Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 47


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reference Sensor on the Vertical Drive

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
4. Remove the freed cover component and guide the rest of the cladding downwards.
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.

5 C
2
6
1 7
2 8
3 9
A
4
Figure 30: Reference sensor on the vertical drive
1 End switch upper lift position 6 Nut
2 Reference sensor 7 Holding plate screw
3 End switch lower lift position 8 End switch screw
4 Actuating diagonal 9 Locking screw for connections
5 Switch plate A Switch gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm

6. Measure the reach (C) of the reference sensor [2].


7. Unsolder the cable lead from the end switch [3] and cut the other one.
8. Carefully screw the reference sensor [2] out and screw the new reference sensor in.
(Note the reach (C) and measure the switch gap (A) of 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Reconnect the cables.
• Reseal the screws.
• Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

48 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Takeover Sensors

NOTE!
Please call TRUMPF Medizin Systeme Service in Saalfeld if a takeover sensor
is defective on the column lifter side.

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.

1
2
3

Figure 31: Takeover sensors


1 Sheet metal covering 3 Takeover sensor
2 M3 screws

3. Screw 2 M3 screws [2] out of the lower part of the sheet metal covering [1].
4. Open the sheet metal covering [1] at the bottom, slide it upwards and fix it securely to
the Trendelenburg drive with the M6 fixing screw.
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.
6. Remove the batteries if necessary.
7. Expose the cables to the takeover sensor [3] and unclip at the plug.
8. Knock the defective takeover sensor [3] inwards out of the sheet metal covering [1].
9. Clean the borehole from adhesive and degrease it.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Only use Scotch Weld DP 110 to glue in the new takeover sensor and hold it in position
until the adhesive has set.
• Restore the cable connections.
• Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 49


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Presence Sensor

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.

1
2
3

Figure 32: Presence sensors


1 Sheet metal covering 3 Presence sensor
2 M3 screws

3. Screw 2 M3 screws [2] out of the lower part of the sheet metal covering [1].
4. Open the sheet metal covering [1] at the bottom, slide it upwards and fix it securely to
the Trendelenburg drive with the M6 fixing screw.
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.
6. Remove the batteries.
7. Expose the cables to the presence sensor [3] and unclip at the plug.
8. Knock the defective presence sensor [3] inwards out of the sheet metal covering [1].
9. Clean the borehole from adhesive and degrease it.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Only use Scotch Weld DP 110 to glue in the new presence sensor and fix it in position
until the adhesive has set.
• Restore the cable connections.
• Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

50 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Inclination Sensor

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.

3 4 6 5
6 5 4 3
1
2

Item no. Item no.


Operating Operating
computer computer
4 144 703 4 144 991

Figure 33: Circuit board inclination sensors


1 Battery plug 4 Amplification x direction
2 Circuit board inclination sensor 5 Zero position y direction (Tilting)
3 Zero position x direction 6 Amplification y direction
(Trendelenburg)

6. Pull the battery plug [1] out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Screw 2 M4 screws out of the sensor circuit board [2].
8. Carefully lift the circuit board [2] up and out and insert the new circuit board together
with the inclination sensor [2].

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 51


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Restore the cable connections.
• Remount column.
• Test the horizontal position in the Trendelenburg and tilting direction with service mode
sub-item 4.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

52 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.10 Replacing the End Switch

In the Sensor Modules

I Tilting right
II Tilting left
III Trendelenburg

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Lever the metal covers off both wedges (they are fixed with double-sided adhesive tape).
8. Loosen 2 wedges and 2 connection units.
9. Pull the rubber bellows out of the groove, out of the wedges and the suspension unit
and press it downwards.
10. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
In the case of tilting to the right, the membrane keypad also has to be unclipped from
the adapter circuit board, and the screws on the topmost cover component are to be
removed together with the membrane keypad.
11. Remove the freed cover component and guide the rest of the cladding downwards.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.
Do not raise column through the additional lift to avoid activating the
end switch.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 53


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

1
2
3
4
5
I / II III
Figure 34: End switch
I Tilting right 1 Cable leads
II Tilting left 2 End switch
III Trendelenburg 3 End switch screws
4 Stop nut
5 Trendelenburg spindle casing

12. Note the assignment of each of the 3 cable leads [1] to the soldering position of each
corresponding end switch [2].
13. Unsolder the cable leads [1], remove the screws [3] and exchange the end switch [2].

Reassembly:
1. Reassemble in the reverse order.

6
7
8
9
B B
1 0
I / II III
Figure 35: End switch assembly
I Tilting right 6 Cable leads
II Tilting left 7 End switch
III Trendelenburg 8 End switch screws
9 Stop nut
10 Trendelenburg spindle casing

2. Screw the new end switch [7] in with 2 screws [8].


3. Solder the cable leads [6] on. Use resin as the flux when soldering.
4. Adjust the end switch [7], so that the switching process takes place in the upper third (B)
of the stop nut [9].
5. Test the switching point several times.

54 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

6. Move all the spindle drives individually in service mode into the upper end position with
the remote control or with the PC.

1 1
1 2

1 3
1 4

Figure 36: Test end switch - right tilting switching point


11 Head 13 Cardan
12 Gauge 2 14 Suspension plate

7. Adjust the end switch of the right-hand tilting drive so that gauge 2 [12], when held as
near as possible to the cardanic suspension [13], fits tightly between the head [11] and
the suspension plate [14] of the drive.

1 5
1 6

1 7
1 8

Figure 37: Test end switch - left tilting drive switching point
15 Head 17 Cardan
16 Gauge 2 18 Suspension plate

8. Adjust the end switch of the left-hand tilting drive so that gauge 2 [16], when held as
near as possible to the cardanic suspension [17], fits tightly between the head [15] and
the suspension plate [18] of the drive.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 55


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

1 9
2 0

2 1
2 2

Figure 38: Test end switch - Trendelenburg drive switching point


19 Head 21 Gauge 3
20 Cardan 22 Suspension plate

9. Adjust the end switch Trendelenburg drive so that gauge 3 [21], when held as near as
possible to the cardanic suspension [20], fits tightly between the head [19] and the
suspension plate [22] of the drive.
ATTENTION!
Possible adjustment errors.
The settings are not finished until the gauges fit tightly between head
and suspension plate of the drives.
10. Reseal the screws.
11. Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

56 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

On the Vertical Drive

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
4. Remove the freed cover component and guide the rest of the cladding downwards
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.

5 C
2
6
1 7
2 8
3 9
A
4
Figure 39: Vertical end switch
1 End switch upper lift position 5 Nut
2 Reference sensor 6 Holding plate screw
3 End switch lower position 7 End switch screw
4 Switch plate with actuating diagonal 8 Locking screw for connections

6. Remove the locking screws [8] on end switch [1] and/or [3].
7. Separate the cables from the end switch [1], [3].
8. Screw out 2 M2.5 screws on the end switch [1], [3].
9. Unsolder the cable leads.
10. Carefully dismount end switches [1], [3] and mount new ones.
11. Solder cable leads on. Use limed resin as the flux when soldering.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 57


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:

NOTE!
In the case of the upper end switch of the vertical drive [1], the switching
point must lie in the first third of the actuating diagonal of the switch
plate [4].

• Reseal the screws.


• Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

58 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.11 Cables

Preparing the Column:


1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Lever the metal covers off both wedges (they are fixed with double-sided adhesive tape).
8. Loosen 2 wedges and 2 connection units.
9. Pull the rubber bellows out of the groove, out of the wedges and the suspension unit
and press it downwards.
10. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
11. Remove the freed cover component and guide the rest of the cladding downwards.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.
12. Unclip the batteries.
13. If necessary, remove the operating computer-circuit board on the relevant side.
14. Remove defective cable and replace with the same type of cable.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 59


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Always replace defective cables with cables of the same type.
(see „Spare parts SM/SF column”).
• New cables must be laid in the same positions as those they replace.
• Make a final check for places where cables could be cut or crushed.
• Check the position of the cables again after moving the column.
• Keep to the cable layout plan!!!
• Only use limed resin as the flux for soldered joints.
• All cable binders and cable straps which have been removed must be renewed.
• Pay attention to the polarity!!!
• Assemble the cable screw connections in the correct sequence.
- motor control cable Ub
- motor control cable Data
- lifting motor cable, through power train
- battery connection cable, through power train
- cable to distributor 1, through power train
- cable to the membrane keypad
- upper column lift sensor connector cable, through power train
- column lift sensor connector cable
- only for the SF column: power supply cable, through power train
• Reseal the screws.
• Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

60 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.12 Replace Power Train

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Screw 2 M3 screws out of the bottom of the sheet metal covering.
4. Open the sheet metal covering at the bottom, slide it upwards and fix it securely to the
Trendelenburg drive with the M6 fixing screw.
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.
6. Unclip the following cables:
- Unclip the lifting motor cable on the lifting motor
- Pull the battery connection cable off the batteries
- Unclip the cable to distributor 1 at the socket connector
- Unclip the upper lift position sensor connector cable to the lifting motor
- Only for the SF: unclip the power supply cable in the head, to do this, remove the
operating computer circuit board (side with cooling plates) and pull back the cable.
7. Remove 6 M4 screws from the motor control cover.
8. Remove the motor control cover.
9. Remove the cable holding plate on the lower holder of the power train.
10. Pull the cables out of the power train.
11. Remove the power train and replace it with a new one.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 61


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• New cables must be laid in the same positions as those they replace.
• Make a final check for places where cables could be cut or crushed.
• Check the position of the cables again after moving the column.
• Keep to the cable layout plan!!!
• All cable binders and cable straps which have been removed must be renewed.
• Pay attention to the polarity!!!
• Assemble the cable screw connections in the correct sequence.
- clip the lifting motor cable onto the lifting motor
- plug the battery connection cable into the batteries
- clip the cable to distributor 1 onto the socket connector
- clip the upper lift position sensor connector cable onto the lifting motor
- only for the SF: clip the power supply cable into the head, insert the operating
computer-circuit board (side with cooling plates) and slide the cable in.
• Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

62 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.13 Motors

Lifting Motor

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Screw 2 M3 screws [2] out of the lower part of the sheet metal covering.
4. Open the bottom of the sheet metal covering [3], slide it upwards and fix it securely to
the Trendelenburg drive [5] with the M6 fixing screw [4].
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.
6. CAUTION!
Danger of proper damages and injuries!
Support the Trendelenburg holder with a suitable wooden support!

Support the Trendelenburg holder with a suitable wooden support!!!


7. Cut the cable binders.

2 5
3 6
1
1 7
H o
2
2 8
1 9
2
3 1 0
1 1 1
1
H u
2

4 R
3 2 H

Figure 40: Connections to lifting motor (Extract from circuit diagram)


1 green 7 (line), brown
2 brown 8 GND, black
3 white 9 Upper end switch (grey)
4 blue 10 Reference (yellow)
5 GND (blue/violet/red-blue) 11 Lower end switch (green)
6 +36 V (red/pink/pink-grey)

R Reference Ho Upper lift position


H Lifting motor Hu Lower lift position

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 63


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

8. Note the assignments of the cable connections to the motor and then separate them
from the motor (see „Circuit Diagrams”).

1 2
1 3
1 4
1 5
1 6

Figure 41: Lifting motor


12 Lifting motor 15 Toothed belt
13 Screws 16 Casing
14 Motor holder

9. Screw screws [13] out of the motor holder [14].


10. Carefully take the lifting motor [12] out of the toothed belt [15].

Reassembly:
1. Glue spacing sleeves with instant adhesive over the clean tapped holes.
2. Carefully insert the lifting motor [12] into the toothed belt [15] and lightly tighten
screws [13].
NOTE!
Ensure that the lifting motor is in the correct position!

3. Press the lifting motor [12] into the corner of the casing [16] to tighten the toothed
belt [15].
4. Tighten screws [13] tightly.
5. Further assembly in the reverse sequence with the following instructions:
- put the new cables in the same positions as those they replace
- make a final check for places where cables could be cut or crushed
- check the position of the cables again after moving the column
- keep to the cable layout plan!!!
- all cable binders and cable straps which have been removed must be renewed
- pay attention to the polarity!!!
6. Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

64 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Trendelenburg Motor
• See Replace Trendelenburg Drive Unit

Tilting Motor Right Drive Unit


• See Replace Tilting Right Drive Unit

Tilting Motor Left Drive Unit


• See Replace Tilting Left Drive Unit

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 65


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.14 Replacing the Membrane Keypad

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
4. Remove the freed cover component and guide the rest of the cladding downwards.
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding!
6. Unscrew the nuts (12 nuts) from the rubber bellows fixing frame.
7. Slide the rubber bellows upwards at the adapter circuit board corner and fix it.

1 1

2 2

3 3
4
5

Figure 42: Membrane keypad


1 Clamp terminal 4 Holding plate for adapter circuit board
2 Membrane flat ribbon cable 5 Column membrane keypad
3 Snap-in lug (circuit board holder)

8. Detach the flat ribbon cable [2] from the terminal [1] (slide the clip contact back and
then pull the flat ribbon cable out).
9. Remove 3 M3 screws together with membrane keypad on the upper cover segment and
remove the cover segment.
10. Exchange the membrane keypad [5].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

66 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3.15 Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for Service Work


1. Release wedge holders.
2. Lift the table top by hand from the column and place it on a shuttle.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the operating computer.
7. Pull off the round cover of the main lift emergency adjustment aperture in the middle
of the head.
8. Enable access to the lifting motor.
Depending upon the position of the main lift:
- by removing the cladding or
- by sliding the cladding upwards.

1
2
3 X X

Figure 43: Feeding 36 V to the brake cables


1 Lifting motor 3 Brake cables (green leads)
2 Cable X 36 V feed

9. Cut both cables to the brake [3] in the middle, strip the insulation and supply 36 V at (X).
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the motor and brake!
Do not apply the 36 V for longer than is necessary.
10. Fix an extended Allen key into the battery screwdriver.
11. Stick the Allen key through the emergency adjustment aperture in the head into the lifter
spindle.
12. Move the column upwards with the battery screwdriver.
13. Separate the brake from the 36 V supply.
ATTENTION!
Restore the electrical connections and the proper insulation on the lifting
motor after the emergency adjustment has been completed.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 67


Electrical Components of the SM/SF Columns

68 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4 Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns


CAUTION!
Danger of infection!
Before beginning work, obtain conformation from the medical facility, that
all the necessary measures for protection against infection have been
performed.

4.1 Replacing the Cladding Components (without Membrane Keypad)

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor is defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
4. Remove the freed cover component and guide the remainder of the cladding
downwards.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding!
5. Starting at the top, unscrew the cladding segment by segment (4 M3 screws per
segment) and renew the components.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 69


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4.2 Replacing the Cladding Component with the Membrane Keypad

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor is defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
4. Remove the freed cover component and guide the remainder of the cladding
downwards.
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. Cladding components would be damaged.
6. Unscrew the nuts (12 nuts) from the rubber bellows fixing frame.
7. Slide the rubber bellows upwards at the adapter circuit board corner and fix it.

1 1

2 2

3 3
4
5

Figure 44: Loosen wedges, connection units and bellows


1 Clamp terminal 4 Holding plate of the adapter circuit
board
2 Membrane flat ribbon cable 5 Membrane keypad of column
3 Snap-in lugs (circuit board holder)

8. Detach the flat ribbon cable [2] from the connector [1] (slide clip contact back and then
pull the flat ribbon cable out).
9. Dismount the cover part with the membrane key pad (3 M3 screws).

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Test the column functions with new keypad.

70 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4.3 Replacing the Head Cover

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle.
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Test the column functions with the tabletop using the new membrane
keypad.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 71


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4.4 Replacing the Rubber Bellows

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor is defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 6 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
4. Remove the freed cover component and guide the remainder of the cladding
downwards.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding!
5. Remove 8 screws from the head cover.
6. Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
7. Lay the cover down.
8. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
9. In order to be able to dismount the cladding component with the membrane keypad,
the rubber bellows must be removed from the column head as follows:

1
2

Figure 45: Removing the rubber bellows


1 Wedge fastening screws 2 Section which is glued to the sheed
metal cover

10. Lever the metal covers [2] off both wedges (they are fixed with double-sided adhesive
tape and loosen 2 screws [1] from the wedge on the membrane keypad side
(ca. 5 turns).
11. Dismount the wedge which lies opposite the membrane keypad. To do this, remove
2 screws from the wedge fastening [1] and remove the wedge (if the wedge sticks, lever
it up slightly).

72 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3 3

4 6

5 4

6
7

Figure 46: Removing the rubber bellows


3 Hand control connection unit 6 Plug 2
4 Plug 1 7 Cable screw connection 2
5 Cable screw connection 1

12. Unscrew 2 M5 nuts from the fastening of the connection unit [3] and 2 cable screw
connections [5], [7].
13. Remove plugs [4], [6] from the circuit board of the operating computer.
14. Carefully pull the connection unit [3] outwards away from the column head until the
plugs [4], [6] touch the cable screw connections [5], [7].
15. Loosen 2 M5 nuts on the connection unit external power supply.
16. Unscrew 12 nuts M4 from the lower fastening frame of the rubber bellows.
17. Cut the defective rubber bellows with a knife in the right-hand corner next to the
membrane keypad and remove it.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Insert the fastening frame of the rubber bellows fully and ensure that the edge of the
bellows is in the correct position.
• Pull the rubber bellows carefully over the column head.
• The rubber bellows must be cut in the area of the wedges (see Old Bellows).
• Carefully cut off the excess rubber projecting at the top of the rubber bellows in the area
of the groove (outer) with a knife (otherwise the head cover will not fit exactly and form
a seal at the upper edge of the bellows).
• Mount the wedge loosely without the sensor.
• Make holes in the rubber bellows over the tapped holes and insert it into the groove.
• Screw wedges and connection units up tightly.
• Screw the fastening frame of the rubber bellows down with 12 M4 nuts.
• Remount column.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 73


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4.5 Replacing the Complete Base Plate and Seal

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor is defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.

1
2
3
4
Figure 47: Laying the column on its side - base plate
1 M8 screw (7 items) 3 Wooden spacer (70 mm x 300 mm)
2 Pot 4 Base plate

3. CAUTION!
Risk of injuries and damage to the column.
The column weighs 200 kg. Use two persons to lay it on its side.

Tip the column sideways and carefully lay it down with a wooden spacer [3] under the
pot [2]. The edge of the base plate [4] must be clear of the floor.
4. Screw 7 M8 screws [1] out of the base plate [4].
5. Remove the base plate [4] and replace it with a new one.
ATTENTION!
Risk of losing column adjustment.
On no account loosen the 3 screws under the base plate.
The adjustment of the column holder to the wedges will be lost.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

74 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4.6 Replacing the Rubber Seal for the Base Plate

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor is defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.

4
1 5
2 6
3
Figure 48: Laying the column on its side - rubber seal
1 Pot 4 Rubber seal
2 Wooden spacer (70 mm x 300 mm) 5 Holding plate
3 Base plate 6 M4 screw (20 items)

3. CAUTION!
Risk of injuries and damage to the column.
The column weighs 200 kg. Use two persons to lay it on its side.

Tip the column sideways and carefully lay it down with a wooden spacer [2] under the
pot [1]. The edge of the base plate [3] must be clear of the floor.
4. On the base plate [3], screw 20 M4 screws [6] out of the 2 holding plates [5].
5. Remove the holding plates [5] and pull the rubber seal [4] out.
6. Insert a new rubber seal. The seal can be fixed with instant adhesive to make the
assembly of the holding plates [5] easier.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 75


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4.7 Replacing the Potential Contact under the Base Plate

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor is defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.

4
1 5
2 6
3
Figure 49: Laying the column on its side - potential contact
1 Pot 4 M4 screw (2 items)
2 Wooden spacer (70 mm x 300 mm) 5 Contact with spring
3 Base plate 6 Potential contact

3. CAUTION!
Risk of injuries and damage to the column.
The column weighs 200 kg. Use two persons to lay it on its side.

Tip the column sideways and carefully lay it down with a wooden spacer [2] under the
pot [1]. The edge of the base plate [3] must be clear of the floor.
4. To replace the potential contact, screw [6] 2 M4 screws [4] out of the base plate [3].
5. Remove the potential contact [6] together with the spring and renew the potential
contact or the spring. Check whether the potential contact springs easily.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

76 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4.8 Replacing the Drives (Trendelenburg, Tilting/Left, Tilting/Right)

Trendelenburg Drive

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor is defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Lever the metal covers off both wedges (they are fixed with double-sided adhesive tape).
8. Loosen 2 wedges and 2 connection units.
9. Pull the rubber bellows out of the groove, out of the wedges and the suspension unit
and press it downwards.
10. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
11. Remove the freed cover component and guide the remainder of the cladding
downwards.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.
12. Unscrew the nuts (12 nuts) from the rubber bellows fixing frame.
13. Slide the rubber bellows upwards.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 77


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

1 1

2 2

3 3
4
5

Figure 50: Disassembling the membrane contact behind the rubber bellows
1 Clamp terminal 4 Holding plate of the adapter circuit
board
2 Membrane flat ribbon cable 5 Membrane keypad of the column
3 Snap-in lugs (circuit board holder)

14. Detach the flat ribbon cable [2] from the terminal [1] (slide the clip contact back and
then pull the flat ribbon cable out).
15. Push the flat ribbon cable down and through.
16. Dismount the cover part with the membrane key pad (3 M3 screws).
17. Screw the holding plate [4] for the adapter circuit board off the fastening frame of the
rubber bellows (2 M4 screws).
NOTE!
Protect the adapter circuit board from mechanical damage and do not
let it hang by the cables.
18. Lay the holding plate [4] with the adapter circuit board carefully and with protection
(pads if necessary) between the column head and the suspension plate.
19. Unscrew 10 M5 screws from the fastening frame of the rubber bellows.
20. Remove the frame and lay it down.

78 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

6
9
7 1 0
8 1 1
1 2
1 3
1 4

1 5

Figure 51: Loosen wedges, connection units and rubber bellows


6 Wedge fastening screws 11 Cable screw connection 1
7 Section with sheet metal cover 12 Plug 2
8 Cardan fastening screws 13 Cable screw connection 2
9 Hand control connection unit 14 2 nuts fixing power pack connection
10 Plug 1 15 Power pack connection unit

21. Unscrew 2 M5 nuts from the hand control connection unit [9] and 2 cable screw
connections [11], [13].
22. Pull the plugs [10], [12] out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
23. Carefully pull the hand control connection unit [9], together with the cables, off the
column head, so that the fastening screws of the upper cardan of the Trendelenburg
spindle [8] can be screwed out.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 79


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

1 7

1 8
1 6
1 9

2 0

2 1

Figure 52: Motor control


16 M4 screws 19 Strain relief clamp
17 Cable binder 20 Screen for lifting motor cable
18 Plug 21 Nuts

24. Remove 4 screws [16] from the motor control cover.


25. Remove the motor control cover.
26. Loosen the strain relief clamp [19] from the cables (3 nuts) and cut the cable
binders [17].
27. Pull the relevant sensor module plug connector of the Trendelenburg unit out of the
motor control.
28. CAUTION!
Danger of property damage and injuries!
Support the Trendelenburg drive module with a suitable wooden
support.

Unscrew the 6 M8 screws (Figure 51: [8]) which fasten the upper cardan of the
Trendelenburg module in the column head.
29. Remove the screw on the underside of the Trendelenburg module on the Trendelenburg
motor control suspension.
30. Remove 4 M10 screws from the Trendelenburg suspension.
31. Pull the Trendelenburg drive module carefully forwards and out.

80 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Dismantling the Trendelenburg Drive Module

1
9
2
1 0
3 6
1 1
4 7
5 8
Figure 53: Trendelenburg drive module
1 Toothed belt 7 M6 screws (6 items)
2 M4 screw 8 M5 countersunk screws (4 items),
motor fixing
3 Flanged disk 9 M4 screw
4 M5 screws (4 items) 10 Stop nut (brass)
5 Motor toothed belt 11 Spindle
6 Spindle toothed belt wheel

Replacing the toothed belt of the Trendelenburg drive


1. The Trendelenburg drive module can remain in the belt (leave 6 M8 screws screwed in
on the lower cardan).
2. Loosen 4 M5 screws [4] on the spindle toothed belt wheel (do not screw them out!).
3. Slacken the toothed belt [1] and pull it off.
4. Insert a new toothed belt and tension it by hand.
Reassemble observing the following instruction: set toothed belt tension.

Replacing the spindle/stop nut of the Trendelenburg


1. Screw out 6 M6 screws [7] while holding the wheel against the toothed belt [1].
2. Loosen the toothed belt [1], by slightly loosening 4 M5 screws [4].
3. Pull the toothed belt [1] off.
4. Loosen screw [9] on the stop nut [10] on the spindle [11].
5. Screw the spindle [11] out of the stop nut [10] and pull out in an upward direction.
6. Renew the spindle or stop nut.
Reassemble observing the following instruction: set toothed belt tension.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 81


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Replacing the Trendelenburg drive motor


1. Screw the central M4 screw [2] out of the flanged disk [3] on the motor toothed belt
wheel [5].
2. Loosen 4 M5 screws [4] of the spindle toothed belt wheel [6] (do not screw them out!).
3. Slacken the toothed belt [1] and pull it off. Pull the toothed belt wheel off.
4. Screw 4 M5 countersunk screws [8] out of the motor fixing device (under [6]).
5. Replace the motor.
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Fit the lower cardan in parallel! Check with a caliper gauge.
• Lay and fix the cables in the same places as they were before.
• Renew cable binders, set toothed belt tension.

ATTENTION!
Assembling the cardan incorrectly will cause bearing wear!
Make sure the cardan is fitted in a parallel position.
Check the parallelism with a caliper gauge (depth indicator).

82 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly (fitting the Trendelenburg drive unit):


Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Turn the spindle of the new module by hand and position it at the same height as the old
spindle had been at.
• Screw the Trendelenburg drive module in with 4 M10 screws. Ensure that the tapped hole
for the sensor screw is in the correct position (screw facing outwards).
• ATTENTION!
Danger of property damage!
The cardan must be aligned parallel to the column head.
The distance between the outer edge of the cardan and the outer edge
of the column head must be equal. Check with a caliper gauge.

Screw the upper cardan to the column head with 6 M8 screws.


TEST!
Check the parallelism of the cardan suspension.

• Remove the Trendelenburg drive sensor module from the old module and screw it to the
new one.
• Restore the cables to their previous positions.
• Connect the cables to the motor control and fasten the strain relief clamp.
• Renew cable binders.
• Screw the motor control cover on (6 M4 screws).
• Adjust the end switches and check the column head settings with gauges 1, 2 and 3
(see „Replacing the End Switch”).
TEST!
Check the end switch adjustments and column head settings.

• Screw on the fastening frame for the rubber bellows with 10 M5 screws. Note that there
are short and long screws. The short screws go in the blind holes.
• Screw on the fixing plate with adapter circuit board for the membrane keypad connection
to the fastening frame for the rubber bellows.
• Mount the rubber bellows, wedges and connection units carefully.
• Mount the cladding and restore the connections.
• Mount the head cover.

TEST!
Check the column functions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 83


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Tilting Drive/Right

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor is defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the customers alternately from below, lift it up slightly
and pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Lever the metal covers off both wedges (they are fixed with double-sided adhesive tape).
8. Loosen 2 wedges and 2 connection units.
9. Pull the rubber bellows out of the groove, out of the wedges and the suspension unit
and press it downwards.
10. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
11. Remove the freed cover component and guide the remainder of the cladding
downwards.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding.
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.
12. Unscrew the nuts (12 nuts) from the rubber bellows fixing home.
13. Slide the rubber bellows upwards.

1 1

2 2

3 3
4
5

Figure 54: Disassembling the membrane connection behind the rubber bellows
1 Clamp terminal 4 Holding plate of the adapter circuit
board
2 Membrane flat ribbon cable 5 Membrane keypad of the column
3 Snap-in lugs (circuit board holder)

84 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

14. Detach the flat ribbon cable [2] from the terminal [1] (slide the slip contact back and
then pull the flat ribbon cable out).
15. Push the flat ribbon cable down and through.
16. Dismount the cover part with the membrane key pad (3 M3 screws).
17. Unscrew the holding plate [4] for the adapter circuit board from the fastening frame of
the rubber bellows (2 M4 screws).
NOTE!
Protect the adapter circuit board from mechanical damage and do not
let it hang by the cables.
18. Lay the holding plate [4] with the adapter circuit board carefully, and with protection
(pads if necessary), between the column head and the suspension plate.
19. Unscrew 10 M5 screws from the fastening frame of the rubber bellows.
20. Remove the frame and lay it down.

8
6 9

1 0

1 1

1 2

1 3

Figure 55: Motor control


6 M4 screw 10 Strain relief clamp
7 Cable binder 11 Terminal block (left brown/right white)
cable to operation computer
8 Plug 12 Nuts
9 Screen for lifting motor cable 13 Terminal block (left brown/right white)
cable from lifting motor

21. Remove 6 M4 screws [6] from the motor control cover.


22. Remove the motor control cover.
23. Loosen the cable strain relief clamp [10] (3 nuts) and cut the cable binders [7].
24. Pull out the relevant plug connection of the tilting unit sensor module (right) to the motor
control.
25. Pull out the connecting cable to the circuit board operating computer on the membrane
keypad side.
26. Beginning on one side, press together the 5 snap-in lugs of the circuit board holder of
this circuit board and carefully pull the circuit board out in an upward direction.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 85


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

1 4

Figure 56: Cardan fixing device of the tilting/right module


14 M8 screws (6 items)

27. Remove the 6 M8 screws [14] holding the upper cardan of the tilting drive/right.
28. Screw out the 4 M10 screws on the drive suspension.
29. Pull the drive module out carefully in a downward direction.

86 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Dismantling the Tilting Module (Right)

1
9
2
1 0
3 6
4 7
5 8
Figure 57: Tilting drive module/right
1 Toothed belt 6 Spindle toothed belt wheel
2 M4 screw 7 M6 screws (6 items)
3 Flanged disk 8 M5 countersunk screws (4 items),
motor fixing
4 M5 screws (4 items) 9 Spindle
5 Motor toothed belt wheel 10 Stop nut

Replacing the toothed belt of the tilting drive/right


1. Loosen the 4 M5 screws [4] of the spindle toothed belt wheel (do not screw them out!).
2. Slacken the toothed belt [1] and pull it off.
3. Insert a new toothed belt and tension it by hand.
Reassemble observing the following instruction: set toothed belt tension.

Replacing the spindle/stop nut of the tilting drive/right


1. Screw out 6 M6 screws [7] while holding the wheel against the toothed belt [1].
2. Loosen the toothed belt [1] by slightly loosening the 4 M5 screws (4].
3. Pull the toothed belt [1] off.
4. Loosen the M4 screw on the stop nut on the spindle [9].
5. Screw the stop nut [10] off the spindle [9].
6. Renew the spindle or stop nut.
Reassemble observing the following instruction: set toothed belt tension.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 87


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Replacing the tilting drive motor/right


1. Screw out the central M4 screw [2] on the flanged disk [3] on the motor toothed belt
wheel [5].
2. Loosen 4 M5 screws [8] of the spindle toothed belt wheel [6] (do not screw them out!).
3. Slacken the toothed belt [1] and pull it off.
4. Screw 4 M5 countersunk screws [4] out of the motor fixing device.
5. Replace the motor.
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Fit the lower cardan in parallel! Check with a caliper gauge.
• Lay and fix the cables in the same places as they were before.
• Renew cable binders, set toothed belt tension.
ATTENTION!
Assembling the cardan incorrectly will cause the bearings to wear!
Make sure the cardan is fitted in a parallel position.
Check the parallelism with a caliper gauge (depth indicator).

88 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly (fitting the tilting drive unit/right):


Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Turn the spindle of the new module by hand and position it at the same height as the old
spindle had been at.
• Screw the tilting module (right) in with 4 M10 screws. Ensure that the tapped hole is in
the correct position for the sensor screw (screw facing outwards).
• ATTENTION!
Danger of property damage!
The cardan must be aligned parallel to the column head.
The distance between the outer edge of the cardan and the outer edge
of the column head must be equal. Check with a caliper gauge.

Screw the upper cardan onto the column head with 6 M8 screws. Ensure that it
is parallel.
TEST!
Check the parallelism of the cardan suspension.

• Remove sensor module of the tilting drive (right) from the old module and screw it onto
the new one.
• Restore the cables to their previous positions.
• Connect the cables to the motor control and fasten the strain relief clamp.
• Renew cable binders.
• Screw the motor control cover on (6 M4 screws).
• Adjust the end switches and check the column head settings with gauges 1, 2 and 3
(see „Replacing the End Switch”).
TEST!
Check the end switch adjustments and column head settings.

• Screw on the fastening frame for the rubber bellows with 10 M5 screws. Note that there
are short and long screws. The short screws go in the blind holes.
• Screw the holding plate with the adapter circuit board for the membrane keypad
connection onto the fastening frame for the rubber bellows.
• Place the circuit board operating computer on the snap-in lugs and press it down until
the circuit board is held securely.
• Restore all the socket connections to their condition before disassembly.
• Mount the rubber bellows, wedges and connection units carefully.
• Mount the cladding and restore the connections.
• Mount the head cover.

TEST!
Check the column functions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 89


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Tilting Drive/left

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor is defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Remove 8 M4 screws from the head covering.
4. ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the rubber bellows.
Lever the head covering off carefully.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools.

Carefully lever the cover up at the corners alternately from below, lift it up slightly and
pull the contact plate plug out of the circuit board.
5. Lay the cover down.
6. Pull the battery plug out of the circuit board of the operating computer.
7. Lever the metal covers off both wedges (they are fixed with double-sided adhesive tape).
8. Loosen 2 wedges and 2 connection units.
9. Pull the rubber bellows out of the groove, out of the wedges and the suspension unit
and press it downwards.
10. Remove 7 M3 screws from the topmost cover component (without membrane keypad).
11. Remove the freed cover component and guide the remainder of the cladding
downwards.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.
12. Unscrew the nuts (12 nuts) from the rubber bellows fixing frame.
13. Slide the rubber bellows upwards.
14. Unscrew the left-hand part of the fastening frame (6 M5).

90 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

3
1 4

Figure 58: Motor control


1 M4 screws 5 Stain relief clamp
2 Cable binder 6 Terminal block (left brown/right white)
cable to operating computer
3 Plug 7 Nuts
4 Screen for lifting motor cable 8 Terminal block (left brown/right white)
cable from lifting motor

15. Remove 6 M4 screws [1] from the motor control cover.


16. Remove the motor control cover.
17. Loosen the cable strain relief clamp [5] (3 nuts) and cut the cable binders [3].
18. Pull out the relevant plug connection of the sensor module of the tilting unit (left) on the
motor control.
19. Pull out the connecting cable to the circuit board operating computer on the side
opposite to the membrane keypad.
20. Beginning on one side, press together 5 snap-in lugs of the circuit board holder of this
circuit board and carefully pull the circuit board out in an upward direction.
21. Screw out 2 M5 screws and 2 M6 screws on the motor control suspension.

Figure 59: Cardan fixing device of the tilting module/left


9 M8 screws (6 items)

22. Remove the 6 M8 screws [9] holding the upper cardan of the tilting drive/left.
23. Screw out the 4 M10 screws on the drive suspension.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 91


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

24. Pull the drive module out carefully in a downward direction.

92 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Dismantling the Tilting Module/Left

1
9
2
1 0
3 6
4 7
5 8
Figure 60: Tilting drive module/left
1 Toothed belt 6 Spindle toothed belt wheel
2 M4 screw 7 M6 screws (6 items)
3 Flanged disk 8 M5 countersunk screws (4items), motor
fixing
4 M5 screws (4 items) 9 Spindle
5 Motor toothed belt wheel 10 Stop nut

Replacing the toothed belt of the tilting drive/left


1. Loosen the 4 M5 screws [8] of the spindle toothed belt wheel (do not screw them out!).
2. Slacken the toothed belt [1] and pull it off.
Reassemble observing the following instruction: set toothed belt tension.

Replacing the spindle/stop nut of the tilting drive/left


1. Screw out 6 M6 screws [7] while holding the wheel against the toothed belt [1].
2. Loosen the toothed belt [1], by slightly loosening 4 M5 screws [4].
3. Pull the toothed belt [1] off.
4. Loosen the M4 screw on the stop nut on the spindle [9].
5. Screw the stop nut [10] off the spindle [9].
6. Renew the spindle or stop nut.
Reassemble observing the following instruction: set toothed belt tension.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 93


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Replacing the tilting drive motor/left


1. Screw the central M4 screw [2] of the flanged disk [3] out of the motor toothed belt
wheel [5].
2. Loosen 4 M5 screws [8] on the spindle toothed belt wheel [6] (do not screw them out!).
3. Slacken/pull off the toothed belt [1] and pull the toothed belt wheel off.
4. Screw 4 M5 screws [8] out of the motor fixing device.
5. Replace the motor.
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
ATTENTION!
Assembling the cardan incorrectly will cause the bearings to wear!
Make sure the cardan is fitted in a parallel position.
Check the parallelism with a caliper gauge (depth indicator).
• Fit the lower cardan in a parallel position. Check with a caliper gauge.
• Lay and fix the cables in the same places as they were before.
• Renew cable binders, set toothed belt tension.

94 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly (fitting the tilting drive unit/left):


Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Turn the spindle of the new module by hand and position it at the same height as the old
spindle had been at.
• Screw in the tilting module/left with 4 M10 screws. Ensure that the tapped hole is in the
correct position for the sensor screw (screw facing outwards).
• ATTENTION!
Danger of property damage!
The cardan must be aligned parallel to the column head.
The distance between the outer edge of the cardan and the outer edge
of the column head must be equal. Check with a caliper gauge.

Screw the upper cardan onto the column head with 6 M8 screws. Ensure that it
is parallel.
TEST!
Check the parallelism of the cardan suspension.

• Remove sensor module of the tilting drive (left) from the old module and screw it onto
the new one.
• Restore the cables to their previous positions.
• Connect the cables to the motor control and fasten the strain relief clamp.
• Renew cable binders.
• Screw the motor control cover on (6 M4 screws).
• Adjust the end switches and check the column head settings with gauges 1, 2 and 3
(see „Replacing the End Switch”).
TEST!
Check the end switch adjustments and column head settings.

• Screw on the fastening frame for the rubber bellows with 5 M5 screws. Note that there
are short and long screws. The short screws go in the blind holes.
• Place the circuit board operating computer on the snap-in lugs and press it down until
the circuit board is held securely.
• Restore all the plug connections to their condition before disassembly.
• Mount the rubber bellows, wedges and connection units carefully.
• Mount the cladding and restore the connections.
• Mount the head cover.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 95


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4.9 Replacing the Main Spindle and Toothed Belt

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle raise the column to its highest position. Use
emergency adjustment if motor is defective (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main Lift for
Service Work”).
2. Pull the power pack cable out of the column and switch the column off.
3. Screw 2 M3 screws out of the bottom of the sheet metal covering.
4. Open the sheet metal covering at the bottom, slide it upwards and secure it to the
Trendelenburg drive with the M6 fixing screw.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the cladding!
Do not lower the column. This would damage the cladding.
5. Pull off either the positive or negative battery connection.
6. CAUTION!
Danger of property damage and injuries!
Support the Trendelenburg holder with a suitable wooden support.

Support the Trendelenburg holder with a suitable piece of wood.


7. Note the assignment of the motor connection cables and then separate them from the
motor (please refer to the circuit diagram in the appendix).

2 5
3 6
1
1 7
H o
2
2 8
1 9
2
3 1 0
1 1 1
1
H u
2

4 R
3 2 H

Figure 61: Connections to the lifting motor (Section of circuit diagram)


1 green 7 (line), brown
2 brown 8 GND, black
3 white 9 Upper end switch (grey)
4 blue 10 Reference (yellow)
5 GND (blue/violet/red-blue) 11 Lower end switch (green
6 +36 V (red/pink/pink-grey)

R Reference Ho Upper lift position


H Lifting motor Hu Lower lift position

96 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

1 2
1 3 1 6

1 4 1 7
1 5 1 8

Figure 62: Lifting motor and column on its side


12 Lifting motor 16 Pot
13 Screws 17 Wooden spacer (70 mm x 300 mm)
14 Motor holder 18 Base plate
15 Toothed belt

8. Screw screws [13] out of the motor holder [14].


9. Remove the lifting motor [12] from the toothed belt [15].
10. Move the column upwards a little with an extended Allen key and remove the wooden
support on the Trendelenburg holder.
11. Lower the column carefully until column is about 10 cm above the lower stop.
12. CAUTION!
Risk of injuries and property damage.
The column weighs 200 kg. Use two persons to lay it on its side.

Lay the column on its side and place a wooden spacer [17] under the pot [16].

1 9
2 0

Figure 63: Base plate


19 Base plate 20 M8 screw (7 items)

13. Screw 7 M8 screws [20] out of the base plate [19].


14. Remove the base plate [19].
ATTENTION!
Risk of losing column adjustment.
On no account loosen the 3 screws under the base plate.
The adjustment of the column holder to the wedges will be lost.
15. Remove 5 M6 screws in order to remove the bearing module.
16. Open the safety plate over slotted nut of the main spindle.
17. Remove the slotted nut.
18. ATTENTION!
If too much force is used the toothed belt may be damaged!
Carefully unthread the toothed belt. Do not apply any force.

Take the bearing module out in a downwards direction.


19. Remove the main spindle.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 97


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Dismantling the bearing module

6
7

2
3

4
5

Figure 64: Bearing module


1 Allen screw (4 items) 5 Toothed belt
2 Tapered roller bearing 6 Boreholes for sickle spanner
3 Bearing tension ring 7 Bearing cover
4 Toothed belt wheel

Replacing the toothed belt of the bearing module


1. Screw 4 Allen screws [1] out of the bearing cover [7].
2. Open the bearing module.
3. Replace the toothed belt [5].
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Insert the toothed belt carefully.
• Check and, if necessary, set the bearing play in the bearing module.

Setting the bearing module (only if necessary!)


1. Insert a sickle spanner into the boreholes [6] of the bearing tension ring [3] and loosen
the bearing tension ring [3] (ca. 1 - 2 turns).
2. Screw the bearing cover [7] on tight again with 4 Allen screws [1].
3. Set the tapered roller bearing [2] correctly with the aid of the bearing tension ring [3]
(easy-running without play).
4. Check the incidence of the tapered roller bearing [2].

98 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Replacing the ball-bearing spindle in the bearing modules


1. Remove 6 M6 screws from the holding plate of the ball-bearing spindle nut.
2. Replace the ball-bearing spindle [1] together with the spindle nut.
Reassemble in the reverse order.

Reassembly (fitting the main spindle):


Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 99


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4.10 Repairing and setting the brake on the SF column


The set of batteries must be removed first before work can start on the brake. When
renewing the batteries, always change the complete set (3 batteries stuck together as
a block).

Removing the set of batteries from the SF column


1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle and raise the column to its highest position. If the
motor is defective, use the emergency adjustment (see „Emergency Adjustment of Main
Lift for Service Work”).
2. Remove the power pack line from the column and switch the column off.

1
2
3

Figure 65: SF Column


1 Panel cladding 3 Brake
2 Screws M3

3. Screw 2 M3 [2] screws out of the bottom of the panel cladding [1].

100 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

4 7
5 8
6 3

Figure 66: Fixing of the column cladding


3 Pedal 6 Trendelenburg drive
4 Panel cladding 7 Clip screw
5 M6 fixing screw 8 Battery block

4. Open the bottom part of the panel cladding [4], slide it upwards and fix it securely to
the Trendelenburg drive [6] with the M6 fixing screw [5].
5. Pull the battery connections off.
6. Screw 1 screw out of the clip [7] and dismount the battery block [8] in an upward
direction out of the holder. Dismount the holder and lay it down.

9 10
11

Figure 67: Removal of the SF column brake


3 Pedal 10 Nuts of the brake rod
9 Screws of the gear shifting gate 11 Brake fixing screws

7. Remove the screws [9] holding the gear shifting gate, watching out for any washers
which may have been inserted.
8. Remove the pedal [3].
9. Unscrew the locking nut and nut [10] from the brake rod holder.
10. Remove 4 fixing screws [11] from the brake and take the brake out.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 101


Mechanical Components of the SM/SF Columns

Reassembly:
1. Lift the brake (complete) into the column pot while
- allowing the brake rod to slide through the pressure piece (do not damage the
thread) and
- insert the pedal shaft through the column opening.

12
14
12
19
13
18 15
3
16
17

Figure 68: Reassembly of the brake


3 Pedal 16 Washer
12 Gear shifting gate 17 Sealing ring
13 Driving pin 18 2 threaded pins
14 Pedal shift 19 Screw
15 Spring

2. Fix the gear shifting gate [12] with 2 screws [9] and allow the driving pin [13] of the
pedal shaft [14] to engage in the in the linking path.
ATTENTION!
Important pre-setting of the switching process. Insert or remove a
washer [16] under the switching fork. The switching fork forms the stop
for the switching mechanism.
3. Screw the gear shifting gate [12] and brake together.
4. Attach the pedal [3] and secure with pins [18]. Do not forget the sealing ring [17].

Check the function of the gear shifting gate/switching process:


- The upper edge of the pedal should be 80 to 95 mm above the floor in the upper
position,
- The floor clearance of the lower switching point is 5 to 15 mm
5. Bring the pedal [3] into the lower position (column braked).
6. ATTENTION!
Set a brake torque of at least 340 Nm.
Do not tighten the nuts [10] in the upper pedal position.

Screw the nut [10] onto the brake rod and tighten the column until the brake torque has
reached at least 340 Nm.
7. Tighten the locking nut [10].

TEST!
Test the brake function.

102 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5 Electrical Components of the GM Table top


CAUTION!
Danger of infection!
Before beginning work, obtain confirmation from the medical facility, that
all the necessary measures for protection against infection have been
performed.

5.1 Contact Element

Removal:
1. Uncouple all functional accessories.
2. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle (if function is defective, lift it manually onto the
shuttle).
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).

1
2
3

Figure 69: Disassembly of the contact element


1 Cables 3 Contact element
2 M4 countersunk screw (underside of
table)

7. Remove 3 cables [1] from contact element [3] (3 M4 screws).


8. Remove 2 M4 countersunk screws 4 [2] from the underside of the table top.
9. Pull the contact element out in a downward direction.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 103


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instruction:
• When connecting the cables, do not forget the tooth-lock washer and plain washer.

a
b
c

Figure 70: Disassembly of the contact element


a Data (green) c Earth (brown)
b +36 V (white)

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

104 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.2 Distributor Circuit Board

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Remove the pad from the seat section.
3. Remove the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
4. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
5. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).

1
J7

1
a d

1 J1
F1 6,3A
b e

1 J2
1 c f

1 J4
J8
2 g
1 J5 1 J3

Figure 71: Disassembly of the distributor circuit board


1 Distributor circuit board a Reference sensor
longitudinal displacement/OR adapter
2 Machine screw b Motor plug longitudinal displacement
c Contact element
d Leg section/back section left
e Leg section/back section right
f Socket for additional accessories
g End sensor longitudinal displacement

6. Remove all plugs [1] from the circuit board.


7. Screw out 4 machine screws [2] and replace the circuit board.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 105


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.3 Replacing the longitudinal displacement motor/toothed disc


Removal of Motor:
1. Uncouple all functional accessories.
2. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle (if function defective, lift it manually onto the
shuttle).
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).
7. Pull the plug out of the distributor circuit board.

1
2
3
4
5
6

Figure 72: Disassembly of the longitudinal displacement motor


1 M5 machine screw (underside of the 4 Belt disk
table)
2 M4 tensioning screw 5 Motor shaft
3 Toothed belt 6 Motor bearing plate

8. Screw 2 M5 machine screws [1] out of the underside.


9. Remove the toothed belt [3] from the motor shaft [5].
10. Remove the motor.

106 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Removing the toothed disc (motor pinion)


1. Hold the dismounted motor securely.
2. Heat the toothed disc with hot-air gun to a maximum temperature of 250 °C until the
toothed disc can be pulled off with a tool.
3. CAUTION!
Danger of burns!
Wear protective gloves.

Degrease the motor shaft.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Glue the toothed disc to the motor shaft with Omnifit 200 (flange outwards).
ATTENTION!
Danger of the toothed disk becoming detached!
Do not place the toothed disc under load for at least 1 hour.
Do not put the toothed belt on until the adhesive has set.
• Screw the motor bearing plate (Figure 72: [6]) off the dismounted motor
(4 M5 countersunk screws) and fix it on the new motor paying attention to the position
of the cable outlet to the motor.

7 A
8
9
10

Figure 73: Disassembly of the longitudinal displacement motor


7 Toothed belt 10 Motor shaft
8 M4 tensioning screw A < 0.5 cm
9 Belt disk

• The deviation of the toothed belt [7] from the central position when pulled or pushed with
moderate force with the hand should not exceed 0.5 cm.
• If necessary, re-tension the toothed belt (loosen 2 M5 screws [1]) with the tensioning
screw M4 [8] and tighten the M5 screws.
ATTENTION!
Danger of crushing the cable!
When fitting the motor, position it so that the cable screw connection
faces.

TEST!
Check the slack on the toothed belt.
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 107


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.4 Longitudinal Displacement Sensors


Removal:
NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Remove the pad from the seat section.
3. Remove the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
4. If present, unscrew the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
5. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).

Figure 74: Disassembly of the longitudinal displacement sensors


a Socket on the distributor circuit board

6. Pull the sensor plug out of the socket [a] on the distributor circuit board.

1
2
3

Figure 75: Disassembly of the longitudinal displacement sensors


1 M3 locking screw 3 Sensor
2 Clamping block A = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm

7. Loosen the M3 locking screw [1].


8. Pull the sensor (3) out of the clamping block [2].
9. Remove the cables and screen (Figure 76: [2]) from the OR adapter sensor
(Figure 76: [1]. Unscrew the OR adapter sensor (Figure 76: [1]).
10. Screw the distributor circuit board off and remove the screen under the distributor circuit
board.

108 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• When the new sensor has been inserted, move the longitudinal displacement up to the
foot-side end stop by moving the toothed belt by hand.
• Adjust the sensor to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm. Use a feeler gauge.

TEST!
Check the front switching point after starting up the operating table
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm) and perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 109


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.5 Sensor for Detecting the OR Adapter

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Remove the pad from the seat section.
3. Unscrew plastic plate from seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk screws).
4. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
5. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).

1
2
3
4
5
a

Figure 76: Disassembly of the sensor for detecting the OR adapter


1 OR sensor 4 M3 locking screw
2 Screen (M4 screw) 5 M4 machine screw
3 Reference sensor a Socket

6. Pull the plug out of socket [a] distributor circuit board.


7. Remove 4 machine M4 screws [5] from the distributor circuit board, raise circuit board.
8. Remove the sensor module screen under the circuit board.
9. Remove the cable binders and cable straps if necessary.
10. Screw off the OR sensor [1] (2 M3 screws) and screen [2] (1 M4 screw).
11. Loosen the M3 locking screw [4] on the clamping block.
12. Remove the reference sensor [3] together with the OR sensor.

110 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Adjust the reference sensor, to do this, move the longitudinal displacement from the foot
side over the central position.
• Set the reference sensor to a gap of 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm.

NOTE!
The OR and reference sensors can also be replaced individually.
To do this, remove the module as described, unsolder the defective sensor
and solder the new one in as per the circuit diagram.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 111


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.6 Leg Section Presence Sensor

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Remove the pad from the seat section.
3. Unscrew plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
4. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1
2
3
4
5
6

Figure 77: Disassembly of the leg section presence sensor


1 Cover 4 Cable guide cover
2 Motor plug 5 M3 screw
3 Socket 6 Screw for switching point of the
longitudinal displacement end sensor

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

5. Remove the cover [1] (2 M4 screws).


6. Pull the motor plug out [2].
7. Unscrew the socket [3] (2 M3 screws).
8. Unclip the sensor connectors from the socket.
9. Unscrew the cable guide cover [4] (6 M3 screws [5], screw [6] serves as the switching
point for the longitudinal displacement end sensor/only on the right-hand side).

112 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

7
8
9
10
11 12

Figure 78: Disassembly of the leg section presence sensor


7 M4 screw 10 M8 screw
8 Cover 11 Standard rail
9 Cover for cable guide 12 Sensor cable

10. Remove the standard rail [11] and cover for cable guide [9] on the leg section joint
(2 M8 screws [10]).
11. Remove the cover [8] on the joint (3 M4 screws [7]).
12. Pull out the sensor cable [12] together with the sensor.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instruction:
• Slide the sensor into the borehole as far as it will go before the standard rail is screwed
on.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the sensor cable insulation!
Ensure that the sensor cable is not crushed when screwing on the
standard rail.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 113


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.7 Reference and End Sensors for the Leg Section Joints

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column and switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Remove the pad from the seat section.
3. Unscrew plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
4. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1
2
3
4
5
6

Figure 79: Disassembly of the leg section reference and end sensors
1 Cover 4 Cable guide cover
2 Motor plug 5 M3 screw
3 Socket 6 Screw for switchingpoint of the
longitudinal displacement end sensors

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

5. Remove cover [1] (2 M4 screws).


6. Pull the motor plug out [2].
7. Unscrew the socket [3] (2 M3 screws).
8. Remove cable guide cover [4] (6 M3 screws [5], screw [6] serves as the switching point
for the longitudinal displacement end sensor).
9. Unclip the connections of the sensors which are to be replaced from the socket.

114 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

7 1 2

8 1 3

9 1 4

1 0 1 5

1 1 1 6

Figure 80: Disassembly of the leg section reference and end sensors
7 M4 screw 12 M8 machine screw
8 Cover 13 Reference sensor
9 Cover for cable guide 14 End sensor
10 M8 screw 15 Motor with gearbox
11 Standard rail 16 M6 countersunk screw

10. Remove 2 M8 machine screws [12] within the spar and 2 M6 countersunk screws [16]
underneath it.
11. Pull the gearbox together with the motor [15] about 35 mm forwards.
12. Loosen the M4 locking screw of the sensor which is to be replaced (reference sensor
[13], end sensor [14]) and pull the sensor out in the direction of the gearbox.
NOTE!
The sensor locking screws are secured with UHU screw fixing lacquer.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Put 1 drop of UHU screw fixing lacquer into the tapped holes for the locking screws.
• Adjust the sensor gap after all the components have been securely assembled.
• Set the sensor gap to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm.
• Then check the gap at the upper and lower end positions, and at the zero position again.

TEST!
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 115


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.8 Reference and End Sensors for the Back Station

Removal:
1. Uncouple all functional accessories.
2. Separate the column from the power rack and switch it off.
3. Remove the pad from the back section.
4. Screw the plastic plate off the back section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).

1
3
2
4

Figure 81: Disassembly of the back section reference and end sensors
1 Motor plug 3 Cover
2 Socket 4 Cable guide cover

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

5. Remove cover [3] (2 M4 screws).


6. Pull out the motor plug [1].
7. Unscrew the socket [2] (2 M3 screws).
8. Remove cable guide cover [4].
9. Unclip the bus cables from the socket and pull them out completely.

116 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5
6
7
8
9 A
1 0

Figure 82: Disassembly of the back section reference and end sensors
5 M8 screws 9 Reference sensor
6 Spar 10 M6 countersunk screw
7 M4 locking screw A = 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
8 End sensor

10. Remove 2 M8 machine screws [5] within the spar and 2 M6 countersunk screws [10]
underneath it.
11. Pull spar [6] out in a backward direction.
12. Loosen the M4 locking screw [7] of the of the sensor to be replaced and pull the sensor
out forwards.
NOTE!
The sensor locking screws are secured with UHU screw fixing lacquer.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Put 1 drop of UHU screw fixing lacquer into the tapped holes for the locking screws.
• Adjust the sensor gap after all the components have been securely assembled.
• Set the sensors gap to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm and tighten the locking screw.

TEST!
Check the gap at the upper and lower end positions, and at the zero
position.
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Testing the reference sensors:
• Attach both leg sections and approach the zero position from the same
direction.
• The ends of the leg sections should then not be more than a maximum
of 1 cm apart.
• If necessary, change the switch gap of the sensor (must not exceed
0.3 mm).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 117


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.9 Leg Section Motor


NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

Removal:
1. Uncouple all functional accessories.
2. Separate the column from the power rack and switch it off.
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. Unscrew plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1
2
3
4
5
6

Figure 83: Disassembly of the leg section motor


1 Cover 4 Cable guide cover
2 Motor plug 5 M3 screw
3 Socket 6 Switching screw for sensor longitudinal
displacement

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

6. Remove cover [1] (2 M4 screws).


7. Unscrew/pull off the motor plug [2].
8. Unscrew the socket [3] (2 M3 screws).
9. Remove cable guide cover [4] (6 M3 screws [5]).
10. Unclip the presence sensor and bus cables for motors from the socket [3] and pull the
sensor cable completely out.

118 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

7
8
9
1 0
1 1

Figure 84: Disassembly of the leg section motor


7 M8 machine screw 10 Gearbox
8 Motor 11 M6 countersunk screw
9 M5 screw

11. Remove 2 M8 machine screws [7] within the spar and 2 M6 countersunk screws [11]
underneath it.
12. Pull the gearbox [10], together with the motor [8], out forwards about 15 mm.
13. Pull the leg section motor cable downwards out of the underside of the spar, while lifting
the motor [8] up slightly or tilting it.
14. Pull the motor [8] out forwards.
15. Unscrew the motor [8] from the gearbox [10] (4 M5 screws [9]).
16. Pull the gearbox [10], together with the joint, off the motor shaft, use a plastic hammer
if necessary.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• The cable outlet of the motor must face downwards when the gearbox is screwed to the
motor.
• Push the gearbox, together with the motor, into the spar to within ca. 15 mm of the stop,
and thread the leg section cable along the motor into the spar.
• The switching screw for the end sensor of the longitudinal displacement must be
readjusted when the right-hand leg section motor is fitted.

TEST!
Check the switch gap of the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 119


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.10 Back Section Motor

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Separate the column from the power rack and switch it off.
3. Remove the pad from the back section.
4. Unscrew plastic plate from back section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk screws).

1 3

2 4

Figure 85: Disassembly of the back section motor


1 Motor plug 3 Cover
2 Socket 4 Cable guide cover

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

5. Remove cover [3] (2 M4 screws).


6. Unscrew/pull off the motor plug [1].
7. Unscrew the socket [2] (2 M3 screws).
8. Remove cable guide cover [4].
9. Unclip the bus cables from the socket and pull them out completely.

120 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5
6
7
8
9
1 0

Figure 86: Disassembly of the back section motor


5 Cylinder head screw M8 8 M5 screw
6 Spar 9 Gearbox
7 Motor 10 M6 countersunk screw

10. Remove 2 M8 machine screws [5] within the spar and 2 M6 countersunk screws [10]
underneath it.
11. Pull spar [6] out in a backward direction.
12. Unscrew the motor (4 M5 screws [8]) and pull it out of the gearbox [9].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• The cable outlet of the motor must face downwards.

TEST!
Check the switch gap of the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 121


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.11 Connecting Socket for Additional Accessories


NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column
- Switch the column off.

Removal:
1. Uncouple functional accessories from the leg end.
2. Separate the column from the power rack and switch it off.

1
2
3

Figure 87: Disassembly of the connector socket for additional accessories


1 Cover with socket 3 M3 screw
2 Socket

3. Unscrew the cover [1] together with the socket (2 M3 screws [3]).
4. Remove cables with an ejector tool.
5. Separate the socket from the cover [1].
6. Renew the socket or the socket cover [2].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

122 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

5.12 Electrical Cables

Additional Accessory Cable

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column, pull the power pack plug
out of the column and switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Bring the longitudinal displacement into the end position at the head end.
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. Unscrew plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).
7. Pull the plug out of the distributor circuit board and unclip the cable.

1
2

Figure 88: Disassembly of the additional accessory cable


1 Distributor circuit board 3 Cover with socket
2 M4 machine screw 4 M3 screw

8. Remove 4 M4 machine screws [2] from the distributor circuit board [1].
9. Raise the distributor circuit board.
10. Loosen the cable screen under the distributor circuit board.
11. Remove the cable binders.
12. Unscrew the cover together with socket [3] for additional accessories (2 M3 screws [4]).
13. Remove the cable from the socket with a stripping tool and pull it out.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 123


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instruction:
• Renew cable binders.

3 2

a b c
Figure 89: Disassembly of the additional accessory cable (socket seen from the rear)
a Earth (brown) c Data (green)
b +36 V (white)

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

124 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Contact Plate Cable

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories from the table top.


2. Remove the pad from the seat section.
3. Unscrew plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
4. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
5. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).
6. Pull the plug out of the distributor circuit board and unclip the leads.

1
2

Figure 90: Disassembly of the contact plate cable


1 Distributor circuit board 2 M4 machine screw

7. Remove 4 M4 machine screws [2] from the distributor circuit board [1].
8. Raise the distributor circuit board.
9. Loosen the cable screen under the distributor circuit board.
10. Remove cable binders and cable straps.
11. Unclip the cable from the contact plate.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 125


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instruction:
• Renew cable binders.

a
b
c

Figure 91: Disassembly of the cable contact plate


a Data (green) c Earth (brown)
b +36 V (white)

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

126 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Longitudinal displacement reference sensor/OR adapter cable

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple functional accessories from the table top.


2. Remove the pad from the seat section.
3. Unscrew plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
4. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
5. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).

1
2
3
4
5
a

Figure 92: Disassembly of the longitudinal displacement/OR adapter reference sensor cable
1 OR adapter sensor 4 M3 locking screw
2 Screen (M4 screw) 5 M4 machine screw
3 Reference sensor a Socket

6. Pull the plug out of socket [a] distributor circuit board.


7. Remove 4 M4 machine screws [5] from the distributor circuit board.
8. Raise the circuit board.
9. Loosen the sensor module screen under the circuit board.
10. Remove cable binders and cable straps.
11. Unscrew the OR adapter sensor [1] (2 M3 screws) and screen [2] (1 M4 screw).
12. Loosen the M3 locking screw [4] on the clamping block.
13. Take out the reference sensor [3] together with the OR adapter sensor.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 127


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Renew cable binders.
• Adjust the reference sensor, to do this, move the longitudinal displacement from the foot
end over the central position.
• Set the reference sensor to a gap of 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm.

a b c d
Figure 93: Disassembly of the longitudinal displacement/OR adapter reference sensor
7 Reference sensor a Earth (brown)
8 OR adapter senor b Free
c Reference sensor (white)
d Additional accessory (green)

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

128 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Leg section cable left/right

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Move the longitudinal displacement into end position at the foot end.
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. Unscrew plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).
7. Pull the plug out of the distributor circuit board and unclip it from the cable.

3
4
5
1
2

Figure 94: Disassembly of the leg section right/left cable


1 Distributor circuit board 4 Motor plug
2 M4 machine screw 5 Socket
3 Cover

8. Remove 4 M4 machine screws [2] from the distributor circuit board [1].
9. Raise the distributor circuit board.
10. Loosen the cable screen.
11. Remove cable binders.

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

12. Remove cover [3] (2 M4 screws).


13. Unscrew/pull off the motor plug [4].
14. Unscrew the socket [5] (2 M3 screws).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 129


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

6 1 1

7 1 2

8 1 3

9 1 4

1 0 1 5

Figure 95: Disassembly of the leg section right/left cable


6 M4 screw 11 M8 machine screw
7 Cover 12 Reference sensor
8 Cover for cable guide 13 End sensor
9 M8 screw 14 Motor with gearbox
10 Standard rail 15 M6 countersunk screw

15. Unclip the presence sensor cables and leg section cable from the socket and pull the
sensor cable out completely.
16. Remove 2 M8 machine screws [11] within the spar and 2 M6 countersunk screws [15]
underneath it.
17. Pull the gearbox together with the motor [14] out about 15 mm forwards.
18. Pull the leg section cable out of the spar while lifting the motor up slightly.
19. Unscrew the cover plate from the wedge holder (4 M3 screws).
20. Displace the table top completely to the foot end by moving the toothed belt by hand.
21. Unscrew the upper end of the power train (2 M3 screws) and press power train out
backwards so that it lies straight.
22. Pull the leg section cable out of the power train.
23. Pull the motor together with the gearbox [14] out of the spar.
24. Bring the longitudinal displacement into the end position at the head end.
25. Pull the leg section cable out through the cable ducts in the mounting plate.

130 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Push the gearbox together with the motor into the spar to within ca. 15 mm of the stop
and thread the leg section cable along the motor into the spar.
• Screw on the cable guide.
• Renew cable binders.

a b c d e f g h
Figure 96: Disassembly of the leg section right/left cable
a Earth (brown) e Earth 5 V (blue + black)
b +36 V (white) f End sensor (brown)
c Data (green) g Reference sensor (brown)
d Free h Additional accessory (black)

TEST!
Check the switch gap of the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a function test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 131


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Back section cable left/right

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Pull the pad off the table top.
3. Remove the plastic plates from the seat and back sections (each with 4 ball-headed and
2 countersunk M8 screws).
4. If present, remove bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1
2
3
4

Figure 97: Disassembly of the back section right/left cable


1 Cover 3 Socket
2 Motor plug 4 Cable guide cover

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

5. Remove the cover [1] of the seat section spar (2 M4 screws).


6. Unscrew/pull off the motor plug [2].
7. Unscrew the socket [3] (2 M3 screws).
8. Unclip the back section cable from the socket.
9. Unscrew the seat section standard rail (3 M8 screws).
10. Remove the outer cable guide [4] on the back section joint (3 M3 screws).
11. Pull the back section cable out of the seat section spar.
12. Remove the back section spar cover [1] (2 M4 screws).
13. Remove the inner cable guide (7 M3 screws).
14. Unscrew socket [3] and unclip the cable.
15. Pull the cable out of the back section spar.

132 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

a b c d e f g h
Figure 98: Disassembly of the leg section right/left cable
a Earth (brown) e Earth 5 V (blue+black)
b +36 V (white) f End sensor (brown)
c Data (green) g Reference sensor (brown)
d Free h Free

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 133


Electrical Components of the GM Table top

134 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6 Mechanical Components of the GM Table top


CAUTION!
Danger of infection!
Before beginning work, obtain confirmation from the medical facility, that
all the necessary measures for protection against infection have been
performed.

6.1 Plastic Plates

Removal:
1. Remove the pad from the section concerned.
2. Unscrew the associated plastic plate.

Reassembly:
In the reverse order.

6.2 Covering Cap

Removal:
1. Remove the pad from the seat section.
2. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
3. If present, remove the bearing rails for the X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
4. Remove the covering cap fastening screws (4 M5 countersunk screws and 8 M4
countersunk screws).
5. Pull the covering cap off.

Reassembly:
In the reverse order.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 135


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.3 Leg Section Gearbox

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Remove all accessories from the foot end of the table top.
2. Remove the pad from the seat section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
4. If present, remove the bearing rails for the X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1
2
4 7
3
5 8
6 9
1 0

Figure 99: Disassembly of the leg section gearbox


1 Cover 6 Cylindrical pins
2 Motor socket 7 Joint fixing screws
3 Plug 8 Cable guide cover
4 Joint 9 Cable guide cover fixing screws
5 Cable guide 10 Switching screw for sensor

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

5. Remove the cover [1], (2 M4 countersunk screws).


6. Unscrew/pull off the motor plug [2].
7. Unscrew the socket [3] (2 M3 screws).
8. Remove the cable guide [5] cover [8] (6 M3 countersunk screws). Screw [10] serves as
the switch point for the longitudinal displacement end sensor (only on the right-hand
side).

136 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

1 1
1 2
1 3 7

1 4 1 6

1 5 1 7

Figure 100: Disassembly of the leg section gearbox


11 Fixing screws for coupling cover 15 Standard rail
12 Coupling cover 16 Presence sensor cable
13 Cable guide 17 Joint/coupling point
14 Standard rail fixing screws

9. Remove the standard rail [15] and cable guide [13] from the joint/coupling point
(2 M8 countersunk screws [14]).
10. Remove the cover [12] from the joint (3 M4 countersunk screws [11]).
11. Pull the presence sensor [16] completely out of the joint and gearbox.
12. Pull the cable guide [5] off the gearbox.
13. Remove 6 cylindrical pins Ø 10 x 24 [6] with the pin remover.
14. Remove 3 M4 countersunk joint [17] fixing screws [7] on the inside of the spar.
15. Pull the leg section [17] joint off.

1 8

1 9

Figure 101: Leg section gearbox


18 Seals with sliding disks 19 Gearbox casing

16. Screw out 2 M8 machine screws from within the spar.


17. Remove 2 M6 countersunk screws underneath the spar.
18. Pull the gearbox together with the motor out ca. 40 mm.
19. Remove 4 M5 machine screws.
20. Carefully separate the gearbox from the motor with a plastic hammer.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 137


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Screw the new gearbox to the motor.
• Fix the gearbox together with the motor to the spar.
• Renew the seals [18], if necessary, and lay them in the groove on the gearbox
casing [19].
• Press the sliding disks on the seals [18] and simultaneously slide the joint/
coupling point [17] onto the gearbox.
• Knock the cylindrical pins [6] in.
• Before the standard rail is screwed on, slide the sensor [16] into the borehole up to the
stop.
ATTENTION!
Danger of damaging the sensor cable insulation!
Ensure that the sensor cable is not crushed when screwing the standard
rail on. Incorrect positioning causes wear on the sliding disks. Ensure
that the sliding disks are in the correct position.

TEST!
Check the switch gap of the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

138 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.4 Leg Section Joint

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Remove all accessories from the foot end of the table top.
2. Remove the pad from the seat section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate from seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
4. If present, remove the bearing rails for the X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1 4
2 5
3 6
7

Figure 102: Disassembly of the leg section joint


1 Joint 5 Cable guide cover
2 Cable guide 6 Cable guide cover fixing screws
3 Cylindrical pins 7 Switching screw for sensors
4 Joint fixing screw

5. Remove the cable guide [2] cover [5] (6 M3 countersunk screws [6]).
The sensor switching screw [7] serves as the longitudinal displacement end point (only
on the right-hand side).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 139


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

8
9
1 0 3

1 1 1 3

1 2 1 4

Figure 103: Disassembly of the leg section joint


8 Fixing screws for coupling cover 12 Standard rail
9 Coupling cover 13 Presence sensor cable
10 Cable guide 14 Joint/coupling point
11 Standard rail fixing screws

6. Remove the standard rail [12] and cable guide [10] on the joint/coupling point
(2 M8 countersunk screws [11]).
7. Remove the cover [9] on the joint (3 M4 countersunk screws [8]).
8. Pull the sensor [13] completely out of the joint and the gearbox.
9. Remove 6 cylindrical pins Ø 10x24 [3] with the pin remover.
10. Remove 3 M4 countersunk screws from the joint [14] on the inner side of the spar.
11. Pull the joint/coupling point [14] off.

140 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:

1 5

1 6

Figure 104: Disassembly of the leg section joint


15 Seals with sliding disks 16 Gearbox casing

• Renew the seals [15] if necessary and insert them into the groove
on the gearbox casing [16].
• Press the sliding disks on the seals [15] and simultaneously slide the leg section joint [14]
onto the gearbox [16].
• Knock the cylindrical pins [3] in.

ATTENTION!
Incorrect positioning causes wear on the sliding disks.
Ensure that the sliding disks are in the correct position.

TEST!
Check the switch gap for the reference and sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 141


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.5 Back Section Gearbox

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Remove all accessories from the head end of the table top.
2. Remove the pad from the back section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate from the back section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).

1
3
2
4 7
5 8
6 9

Figure 105: Disassembly of the back section gearbox


1 Motor socket 6 Cylindrical pins
2 Motor plug 7 Cable guide
3 Cover 8 Cable guide cover
4 Joint 9 Cable guide cover fixing screws
5 Joint fixing screws

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

4. Remove cover [3], (2 M4 countersunk screws).


5. Unscrew/pull off the motor plug [2].
6. Unscrew the motor socket [1] (2 M3 screws).
7. Remove the cable guide [7] cover [8] (7 M3 countersunk screws).
8. Unclip the sensor cables from the motor socket [1].
9. Pull the cables out completely.

142 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

1 0 1 5
1 1 6
1 2
1 6
1 3
1 7
1 4

Figure 106: Disassembly of the back section gearbox


10 Gearbox casing 14 Standard rail countersunk screw
11 Cable guide 15 M8 machine screw
12 Cable guide countersunk screw 16 Cables
13 Motor 17 M6 countersunk screw

10. Screw out 2 machine screws M8 [15] from within the spar.
11. Remove 2 M6 countersunk screws [17] beneath the spar.
12. Pull the spar off.
13. Unscrew the motor [13] (4 M5 machine screws).
14. Carefully separate the gear from the motor [13] with a plastic hammer.
15. Remove the M8 countersunk screw [14] nearest to the gear from the standard rail
together with the spacing sleeve.
16. Remove the cover of the outer cable guide [11] (3 M4 countersunk screws).
17. Pull the cables [16] completely out.
18. Screw the countersunk screws [12] in again and tighten them to prevent the spar plate
springing when the cylindrical pins [6] are pulled out.
19. Remove 6 cylindrical pins [6] Ø 10 x 24 with the pin remover.
20. Screw out 6 M4 countersunk screws [5], [12].
21. Take out the gear.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Renew the seals if necessary and lay them in the grooves of the new gear.
• Slide the gearbox between both legs of the spar.
• Knock in 6 cylindrical pins Ø 10 x 24 [6].

TEST!
Check the switch gap of the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a function test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 143


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.6 Back Section Joint

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Remove all accessories from the head end of the table top.
2. Remove the pad from the back section.
3. Screw the plastic plate off the back section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).

X
1
2 5
3 6
4 7
8

Figure 107: Back section joint


1 Holding bolt 6 Compressing spring
2 Joint 7 Cam lever
3 Disk springs/pressure disk 8 Pressure disk
4 Cylindrical pin X Borehole for cylindrical pin 4
5 Stopping lever

4. Open the cam lever [7] of the associated joint.


5. Knock out the cylindrical pin [4].
NOTE!
Prevent the compression spring [6] from springing out.

6. Carefully remove the cam lever [7].


7. Remove the disk springs [3] and pressure disk.
8. Knock out the holding bolt [1].
9. Remove the joint [2].
10. Exchange defective parts.

144 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Ensure that the disk springs [3] are inserted in the correct position.
• After the joint [2] has been inserted, the cam lever [7] must be freely moveable.
• There must not be any play when the gear teeth are under load.
• Readjust with shim rings if necessary, these can be found under the pressure disk [8].

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 145


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.7 Back Section Spar

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Remove all the accessories on the head end of the table top.
2. Remove the pad from the back section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk screws).
4. Open the cam lever (Figure 107: [7]) of the associated joint (Figure 107: [2]).
5. Knock out the cylindrical pin (Figure 107: [4]).
6. Carefully remove the cam lever (Figure 107: [7]).
NOTE!
Prevent the compression spring (Figure 107: [6]) from springing out.

7. Remove the disk springs (Figure 107: [3]) and pressure disk.
8. Carefully knock the holding bolt (Figure 107: [1]) out with a plastic hammer.
9. Remove the joint (Figure 107: [2]).

1
3
2
4 7
5 8
6 9

Figure 108: Disassembly of the back section gearbox


1 Motor socket 6 Cylindrical pins
2 Motor plug 7 Cable guide
3 Cover 8 Cable guide cover
4 Joint 9 Cable guide cover countersunk screws
5 Joint countersunk screws

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

10. Remove the cover [3] (2 M4 countersunk screws).


11. Unscrew/pull off the motor plug [2].
12. Unscrew the motor socket [1] (2 M3 screws).

146 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

13. Remove the cover [8] of the cable guide [7] (7 M3 countersunk screws [9]).
14. Unclip the cables from the motor socket [1] and pull them out completely.

1 0 1 6

1 1 1 3

1 2
1 3
1 4 A

1 5

Figure 109: Disassembly of the back section


10 M8 machine screw 14 Reference sensor
11 Socket 15 M6 countersunk screw
12 Locking screen 16 Seat section spar
13 End sensor A Gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm

15. Screw 2 M8 machine screws [10] out from within the spar.
16. Remove 2 M6 countersunk screws [15] underneath the spar.
17. Pull the spar off and dismount the standard rail.
18. Loosen the locking screws [12] for the reference sensor [14] and the end sensor [13].
19. Unclip both sensors from the socket [11] and remove them.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 147


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instruction:
• Fix the new spar onto the gearbox.
• Slide the sensors [13], [14] into the spar.
• Put 1 drop of UHU screw-fixing lacquer into the tapped holes for the locking screws [12].
• Set the sensor gap to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm and tighten the locking screws [12].

a b c d e f g h
Figure 110: Socket on back section spar
a Earth 36 V (brown) e Earth 5 V (blue)
b +36 V (white) f End switch (brown)
c Data (green) g Reference switch (brown)
d Free h Free

• Clip the back section and sensor cables to the socket [11].
• Mount the coupling point on the back section.
• Ensure that the disk springs are inserted in the correct position.
• After the joint has been inserted the cam lever must be freely moveable.
• There must not be any play when the gear teeth are under load.
• Readjust with shim rings under the pressure disk if necessary.
• Attach both leg sections.
• The misalignment of the leg sections should be < 1 cm at their ends.
• Correct the gap on the sensors if necessary (A = 0.3 mm maximum).

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

148 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.8 Power train

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Remove all accessories from the table top.


2. Remove the pad from the seat section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate from seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
4. If present, remove the bearing rails for the X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
5. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws, 8 M4 screws).

1
2
3

Figure 111: Distributor circuit board


1 M4 machine screw 3 Bus cable plug right
2 Bus cable plug

6. Pull the socket off plug J1 [2] (left-hand power train) or J2 [3] (right-hand power train).
7. Unclip the leads from the socket.
8. Remove the fastening screws [1] from the distributor circuit board (4 M4 machine
screws).
9. Lift up the distributor circuit board.
10. Unscrew the screen of the relevant cable from the mounting plate.
11. Cut the cable binders if necessary.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 149


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

4
5
7
6 8
9
1 0

Figure 112: Disassembly of the leg section gearbox


4 Cover 8 Cable guide fixing screws
5 Motor socket 9 Cover
6 Motor plug 10 End point of longitudinal displacement
7 Cable guide

ATTENTION!
Do not allow screws to fall into the spar.
Any that do so must be removed.

12. Remove the cover [4] (2 M4 countersunk screws).


13. Unscrew/pull off the motor plug [6].
14. Unscrew the socket [5] (2 M3 screws).
15. Remove the cover [9] of the cable guide [7] (6 M3 countersunk screws).
16. Unclip the presence sensor cables and leg section bus cable from the socket.
17. Pull the sensor cable out completely.

1 1 1 4
1 2
1 3

a b c d e f g h

Figure 113: Exposing leg section bus cable


11 M8 machine screw 13 M6 countersunk screw
12 Gearbox with motor 14 Motor plug
a Earth 36 V (brown) e Earth 5 V (blue + black)
b +36 V (white) f End switch (brown)
c Data (green) g Reference switch (brown)
d Free h Additional accessory (black)

18. Remove 2 M8 machine screws [11] from within the spar.


19. Remove 2 M6 countersunk screws [13] underneath the spar.
20. Pull the gearbox together with the motor [12] ca. 15 mm out of the spar.

150 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

21. Pull the leg section bus cable on the upper fastening point of the power train carefully
out of the spar while lifting the motor up slightly if necessary.
22. Unscrew the cover plate from the wedge holder (4 M3 countersunk screws).
23. Displace the table top fully towards the leg end by moving the toothed belt by hand.
24. Unscrew the upper end of the power train (2 M3 screws).
25. Push the power train backwards until it lies straight.
26. Pull the leg section bus cable out of the power train.
27. Pull the motor together with the gearbox out of the spar.
28. Bring the longitudinal displacement manually into the head-side end position.
29. Unscrew the lower end of the power train (2 M3 screws).

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Slide the gearbox together with the motor into the spar to within ca. 15 mm of the stop
and thread the leg section cable along the outside of the motor into the spar.

TEST!
Check the switch gap on the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 151


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.9 Bevel Wheel Gear

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle (if function defective, lift it manually onto the
shuttle).
2. Remove all accessories from the table top.
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. ATTENTION!
The spar loses its rigidity without the plastic plate.
The back part of the plastic plate must remain screwed on so that both
spars retain their position relative to each other.

Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove the bearing rails for the X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove the covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).

1
2
3
4
5
6
Figure 114: Longitudinal displacement drive
1 Bearing blocks 4 Shaft
2 Shaft bevel wheel 5 Gearbox
3 Gearbox bevel wheel 6 Gearbox pressure screw

7. Remove the toothed belt from the motor’s toothed disk and the shaft’s toothed disk.
8. Unscrew the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2]
(4 M5 machine screws on the under side of the table top).
ATTENTION!
Be careful not to lose the synchronised positioning of the spars.
Therefore, never turn the bevel wheels [3] of the gearbox [5] when the
shaft [4] has been removed.
9. Loosen the pressure screw [6] of the gearbox [5].
10. Unscrew the gearbox [5] from the table top (4 M6 machine screws on the underside).
11. Knock the cylindrical pin out to replace the bevel wheel [3].
12. Replace the bevel wheel [3].

152 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Insert the gearbox [5] with the new bevel wheel [3] while pressing the gearbox [5] with
the hand against the toothed rack and tighten 4 M6 machine screws.
• Tighten the pressure screw [6].
• Loosen the threaded pins on the bevel wheels [2].
• Screw on the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2], while
inserting the toothed belt, but do not yet slide it onto the motor’s toothed disk and the
shaft’s toothed disk.
• Align the bevel wheels [2] with the bevel wheels [3] on the gearbox by sliding them axially
along the shaft.
ATTENTION!
Avoid wear on the drives!
The shaft must move easily without rattling.
• Tighten the threaded pins on the bevel wheels [2].
• Slide the toothed belt on to the motor’s toothed disk and shaft’s toothed disk.

TEST!
Check the tension of the toothed belt.

TEST!
Adjust and check the longitudinal displacement reference and end sensors
(0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 153


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.10 Linear Guide

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle (if function defective, lift it manually onto the
shuttle).
2. Remove all the accessories from the table top.
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. ATTENTION!
The spar loses its rigidity without the plastic plate.
The back part of the plastic plate must remain screwed on so that when
the linear guide is removed the spar affected does not tip to the side.
Never remove both linear guides at the same time.

Unscrew the plastic plate from seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws, 8 M4 screws).
7. Remove the toothed belt from the motor’s toothed disk and the shaft’s toothed disk.

1
2
3
4
5
6
Figure 115: Longitudinal displacement
1 Bearing blocks 4 Shaft
2 Shaft bevel wheel 5 Gearbox
3 Gearbox bevel wheel 6 Gearbox pressure screw

8. ATTENTION!
Be careful not to lose the synchronised positioning of the spars.
Therefore, never turn the bevel wheels [3] of the gearbox [5] when the
shaft [4] has been removed.

Unscrew the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2]
(4 M5 machine screws on the underside).
9. Loosen the pressure screw [6] of the corresponding gearbox [5].
10. Unscrew the gearbox [5] from the table top (4 M6 machine screws on the underside).
11. Pull 7 plastic caps off the fastening boreholes of the guide rail.
12. Remove M5 machine screws from the guide rail (make the screws accessible by shifting
the table top manually).
13. Loosen 4 M5 screws beneath the guide carriage.

154 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

14. Remove 8 M5 screws from the guide carriage.


15. Pull the linear guide out at the head end while lightly supporting the spar (use a plastic
hammer if necessary).

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Slide the new guide in from the head end.
• Fasten the rail with 2 screws at the front and back.
• Shift the guide carriage into the correct position.
• Lightly tighten 8 M5 screws.
• Tighten 4 M5 screws underneath the guide carriage.
• Tighten 8 M5 screws.
• Screw the remaining screws into the guide rail, put on the caps.
• Fit the gearbox [5], while doing so hold the gearbox [5] with the hand against the toothed
rack and tighten 4 M6 machine screws.
• Tighten the pressure screw [6].
• Loosen the threaded pins on the bevel wheels [2].
• Screw on the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2] while
inserting the toothed belt, but do not yet slide it onto the motor’s toothed disk and the
shaft’s toothed disk.
• Align the bevel wheels [2] with the bevel wheels [3] on the gearbox by sliding them axially
along the shaft.
ATTENTION!
Avoid wear on the drives!
The shaft must move easily without rattling.
• Tighten the threaded pins on the bevel wheels [2].
• Slide the toothed belt on to the motor’s toothed disk and shaft’s toothed disk.

Figure 116: Toothed belt slack


A = 0.5 cm

TEST!
Check the tensions of the toothed belt.

TEST!
Adjust and check the longitudinal displacement reference and end sensors
(0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm). Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 155


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.11 Toothed Rack

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle (if function defective, lift it manually onto the
shuttle).
2. Remove all accessories from the table top.
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. ATTENTION!
The spar loses its rigidity without the plastic plate.
The back part of the plastic plate must remain screwed on so that when
the linear guide is removed the spar affected does not tip to the side.
Never remove both linear guides at the same time.

Unscrew the plastic plate from seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws, 8 M4 screws).
7. Remove the toothed belt from the motor’s toothed disk and the shaft’s toothed disk.

1
2
3
4
5
6
Figure 117: Longitudinal displacement drive
1 Bearing blocks 4 Shaft
2 Shaft bevel wheel 5 Gearbox
3 Gearbox bevel wheel 6 Gearbox pressure screw

8. ATTENTION!
Be careful not to lose the synchronised positioning of the spars.
Therefore, never turn the bevel wheels [3] of the gearbox [5] when the
shaft [4] has been removed.

Unscrew the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2]
(4 M5 machine screws on the underside).
9. Loosen the pressure screw [6] of the corresponding gearbox [5].
10. Unscrew the gearbox [5] from the table top (4 M6 machine screws on the underside).
11. Remove 3 M5 screws from the toothed rack on the underside of the spar (make the
screws accessible by shifting the table top manually).
12. Pull the toothed rack out.
13. Replace with a new toothed rack.

156 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Fit the gearbox [5], while doing so hold the gearbox [5] with the hand against the toothed
rack and tighten 4 M6 machine screws.
• Tighten the pressure screw [6].
• Loosen the threaded pins on the bevel wheels [2].
• Screw on the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2] while
inserting the toothed belt, but do not yet slide it onto the motor’s toothed disk and the
shaft’s toothed disk.
• Align the bevel wheels [2] with the bevel wheels [3] on the gearbox by sliding them axially
along the shaft.
ATTENTION!
Avoid wear on the drives!
The shaft must move easily without rattling.
• Tighten the threaded pins on the bevel wheels [2].
• Slide the toothed belt on to the motor’s toothed disk and shaft’s toothed disk.

Figure 118: Toothed belt slack


A = 0.5 cm

TEST!
Check the tensions of the toothed belt.

TEST!
Adjust and check the longitudinal displacement reference and end sensors
(0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 157


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.12 Bevel Wheel Shaft

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle (if function defective, lift it manually onto the
shuttle).
2. Remove all accessories from the table top.
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. ATTENTION!
The spar loses its rigidity without the plastic plate.
The back part of the plastic plate must remain screwed on so that both
spars retain their position in relation to one another (the gearbox
ensures the movement of the spars is synchronised).

Unscrew the plastic plate from seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove the bearing rails for the X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).
7. Remove the toothed belt from the motor’s toothed disk and the shaft’s toothed disk.

1
2
3
4
5
6
Figure 119: Longitudinal displacement drive
1 Bearing blocks 4 Shaft
2 Shaft bevel wheel 5 Gearbox
3 Gearbox bevel wheel 6 Gearbox pressure screw

8. ATTENTION!
Be careful not to lose the synchronised positioning of the spars.
Therefore, never turn the bevel wheels [3] of the gearbox [5] when the
shaft [4] has been removed.

Unscrew the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2]
(4 M5 machine screws on the underside).
9. Loosen the M4 threaded pins on the bevel wheels [2].
10. Exchange the bevel wheels [2], do not tighten the M4 threaded pins yet.

158 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Screw on the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2] while
inserting the toothed belt, but do not yet slide it onto the motor’s toothed disk and the
shaft’s toothed disk.
• Align the bevel wheels [2] with the bevel wheels [3] on the gearbox by sliding them axially
along the shaft.
ATTENTION!
Avoid wear on the drives!
The shaft must move easily without rattling.
• Tighten the threaded pins on the bevel wheels [2].
• Slide the toothed belt onto the motor’s toothed disk and shaft’s toothed disk.

Figure 120: Toothed belt slack


A = 0.5 cm

TEST!
Check the tensions of the toothed belt.

TEST!
Adjust and check the longitudinal displacement reference and end sensors
(0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 159


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.13 Shaft’s Toothed Disc

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle (if function defective, lift it manually onto the
shuttle).
2. Remove all accessories from the table top.
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. ATTENTION!
The spar loses its rigidity without the plastic plate.
The back part of the plastic plate must remain screwed on so that both
spars retain their position in relation to one another (the gearbox
ensures the movement of the spars is synchronised).

Unscrew the plastic plate from seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove the bearing rails for the X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).
7. Remove the toothed belt from the motor’s toothed disk and the shaft’s toothed disk.

1
2
3
4
5
6
Figure 121: Longitudinal displacement drive
1 Bearing blocks 4 Shaft
2 Shaft bevel wheel 5 Gearbox
3 Gearbox bevel wheel 6 Gearbox pressure screw

8. Unscrew the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2]
(4 M5 machine screws on the underside).
ATTENTION!
Be careful not to lose the synchronised positioning of the spars.
Therefore, never turn the bevel wheels [3] of the gearbox [5] when the
shaft (4) has been removed.
9. Loosen the M4 threaded pin on the bevel wheel [2] in front of the toothed disk shaft.
10. Remove the bevel wheel [2].
11. Exchange the shaft’s toothed disk (M4 threaded pin).

160 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, with the following instructions:
• Mount the bevel wheel [2] (align with the gearbox, tighten the M4 threaded pin tightly).
ATTENTION!
Avoid wear on the drives!
The shaft must move easily without rattling.
• Place the toothed belt over the toothed disks.

Figure 122: Toothed belt slack


A = 0.5 cm

TEST!
Check the tensions of the toothed belt.

TEST!
Adjust and set the longitudinal displacement reference and end sensors
(0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 161


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.14 Ball Bearing of the Longitudinal Displacement Shaft

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle (if function defective, lift it manually onto the
shuttle).
2. Remove all accessories from the table top.
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. ATTENTION!
The spar loses its rigidity without the plastic plate.
The back part of the plastic plate must remain screwed on so that both
spars retain their position in relation to one another (the gearbox
ensures the movement of the spars is synchronised).

Unscrew the plastic plate from seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove the bearing rails for the X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).
7. Remove the toothed belt from the motor’s toothed disk and the shaft’s toothed disk.

1
2
3
4
5
6
Figure 123: Longitudinal displacement drive
1 Bearing blocks 4 Shaft
2 Shaft bevel wheel 5 Gearbox
3 Gearbox bevel wheel 6 Gearbox pressure screw

8. ATTENTION!
Be careful not to lose the synchronised positioning of the spars.
Therefore, never turn the bevel wheels [3] of the gearbox [5] when the
shaft [4] has been removed.

Unscrew the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2]
(4 M5 machine screws on the underside).
9. Remove the M4 threaded pins from the bevel wheels [2] and toothed disk shaft.
10. Remove the bevel wheel [2].
11. Remove the shaft’s toothed disk.
12. Pull the bearing blocks off the shaft.
13. Exchange the ball bearing.

162 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Screw on the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2] while
inserting the toothed belt, but do not yet slide it onto the motor’s toothed disk and the
shaft’s toothed disk.
• Align the bevel wheels [2] with the bevel wheels [3] on the gearbox by sliding them axially
along the shaft.
ATTENTION!
Avoid wear on the drives!
The shaft must move easily without rattling.
• Tighten the threaded pins on the bevel wheels [2].
• Slide the toothed belt on to the motor’s toothed disk and shaft’s toothed disk.

Figure 124: Toothed belt slack


A = 0.5 cm

TEST!
Check the tensions of the toothed belt.

TEST!
Adjust and set the longitudinal displacement reference and end sensors
(0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 163


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.15 Toothed Belt

Removal:
1. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle (if function defective, lift it manually onto the
shuttle).
2. Remove all accessories from the foot end of the table top.
3. Remove the pad from the seat section.
4. ATTENTION!
The spar loses its rigidity without the plastic plate.
The back part of the plastic plate must remain screwed on so that both
spars retain their position in relation to one another (the gearbox
ensures the movement of the spars is synchronised).

Unscrew the plastic plate from seat section (4 ball-headed and 2 M8 countersunk
screws).
5. If present, remove the bearing rails for the X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove covering cap (4 M5 screws and 8 M4 screws).
7. Remove the toothed belt from the motor’s toothed disk and the shaft’s toothed disk.

1
2
3
4
5
6
Figure 125: Longitudinal displacement drive
1 Bearing blocks 4 Shaft
2 Shaft bevel wheel 5 Gearbox
3 Gearbox bevel wheel 6 Gearbox pressure screw

8. ATTENTION!
Be careful not to lose the synchronised positioning of the spars.
Therefore, never turn the bevel wheels [3] of the gearbox [5] when the
shaft [4] has been removed.

Unscrew the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2]
(4 M5 machine screws on the underside).
9. Exchange the toothed belt.

164 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Screw on the bearing blocks [1] together with the shaft [4] and bevel wheels [2] while
inserting the toothed belt, but do not yet slide it onto the motor’s toothed disk and the
shaft’s toothed disk.
• Align the bevel wheels [2] with the bevel wheels [3] on the gearbox by sliding them axially
along the shaft.
ATTENTION!
Avoid wear on the drives!
The shaft must move easily without rattling.
• Tighten the threaded pins on the bevel wheels [2].
• Slide the toothed belt on to the motor’s toothed disk and shaft’s toothed disk.

Figure 126: Toothed belt slack


A = 0.5 cm

TEST!
Check the tensions of the toothed belt.

TEST!
Adjust and set the longitudinal displacement reference and end sensors
(0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 165


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.16 Power Train Cover

Removal:

1
2

Figure 127: Power train cover


1 M3 countersunk screw 2 Bracket

1. Unscrew the bracket [2] (3 M3 countersunk screws [1]).


(Make the screws accessible by shifting the table top longitudinally.)
2. Exchange the bracket [2].

Reassembly:
Screw on a new bracket [2] (3 M3 countersunk screws [1]).

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

166 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

6.17 Cam Lever


Removal:
1. Remove all accessories from the head end of the table top.

X
1
2 5
3 6
4 7
8

Figure 128: Back section joint


1 Holding bolt 5 Stopping lever
2 Joint 6 Compression spring
3 Disk springs/pressure disk 7 Cam lever
4 Cylindrical pin 8 Pressure piece
X Borehole for cylindrical pin 4

2. Open the cam lever [7] on the corresponding joint.


3. Knock the cylindrical pin [4] out.
NOTE!
Prevent the compression spring [6] from springing out.

4. Carefully remove the cam lever [7].


5. Remove the disk springs [3] and pressure disk.
6. Knock the holding bolt [1] out.
7. Remove the joint [2].
8. Exchange defective parts.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Ensure that the disk springs [3] are inserted in the correct position.
• The cam lever [7] must be freely moveable after the joint has been inserted [2].
• There must not be any play when the gear teeth are under load.
• Readjust with shim rings if necessary (1/10 or 2/10), they can be found under the
pressure disk.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 167


Mechanical Components of the GM Table top

168 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Additional Components

7 Additional Components

7.1 Remote Control with circuit board 4 144 709 (old version)

1 6
2 7

IR
3 8
4 9

5 1 0
1 1

Figure 129: Remote control


1 Battery 7 SP1 (coding switch for IR code)
2 Casing, lower part 8 SP2 (coding switch for IR code)
3 EPROM 9 Processor
4 M4 screw 10 IR LED
5 Casing, upper part 11 SP3 (coding switch for IR code)
6 IR Code

ATTENTION!
Keep the coding sequence (IR code).
1. SP3
2. SP2
3. SP1

Removing the battery


1. Screw 5 M3 screws out of the rear side of the remote control.
2. Lay the remote control with operating membrane keypad face down on a soft surface,
remove the lower part of the casing [2] and lay it next to the upper part
(caution: cable connection).
3. Take the battery out of the holder.
4. Pull the contact clips off and renew the battery.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Press the clips back onto the battery [1] contacts, make sure that the polarity is correct.
• Press the battery into the holder until it latches in.
• Check the seal and exchange it if necessary.

ENVIRONMENT!
Dispose of the battery in a way that does not harm the environment.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 169


Additional Components

Replacing the circuit board


1. Screw 5 M3 screws out of the rear side of the remote control.
2. Lay the remote control with operating membrane keypad face down on a soft surface,
remove the lower part of the casing [2] and lay it next to the upper part
(caution: cable connection).
3. Take the battery [1] out of the holder.
4. Pull the contact clips off.
5. Remove 2 M4 screws [4] from the lower narrow side of the circuit board and unsolder
at the charging coil.
6. Remove the flat ribbon cable from the connection (slide the clip contact back and then
pull the flat ribbon cable out).
7. Renew the circuit board.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Re-insert the isolating foil on the under side of the circuit board.
• Check that the IR code agrees with the type plate/column code.
• Only use original spare parts.
• Make sure that the polarity is correct.

Replacing the EPROM


1. Screw 5 M3 screws out of the rear side of the remote control.
2. Lay the remote control with operating membrane keypad face down on a soft surface,
remove the lower part of the casing [2] and lay it next to the upper part
(caution: cable connection).
3. Exchange the EPROM, ensure that it is fitted with the correct orientation
(lug to the casing).

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

170 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Additional Components

Replacing the foil


1. Screw 5 M3 screws out of the rear side of the remote control.
2. Lay the remote control with operating membrane keypad face down on a soft surface,
lever off the lower part of the casing [2] off and lay it next to the upper part
(caution: cable connection).
3. Remove 2 M4 screws [4] from the lower narrow side of the circuit board.
4. Remove the flat ribbon cable from the connection (slide the clip contact back and then
pull the flat ribbon cable out).
5. Renew the membrane keypad.

Reassembly:
Reassemble observing the following instructions:
• Re-insert the isolating foil on the under side of the circuit board.

TEST!
Test the column functions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 171


Additional Components

7.2 Cable remote control with circuit board 4 144 996


NOTE!
The cable remote control is an exchangeable module. Therefore it is not
possible to replace individual parts within the remote control.
The complete cable remote control must always be replaced if there is a
defect.

Settings:
1. Open the remote control (5 M3 screws).
2. Carefully remove the rear part of the casing and lay it down.
3. The following settings are possible on the board:
- the code is set with the rotary selection switch,
- the device is selected with the rotary selection switch,
- the transmit power is selected with the rotary selection switch,
- jumper settings.
4. The code setting for the cable remote control is always 5 (S1).
S2 and S3 are not used.
5. Please take the device selection (S4) from the table below.
6. The operating mode setting (S5) is to be set to 0 for cable remote control.
7. The jumper settings may only be changed by the customer service.
8. Do not damage the rubber seal! Close the remote.

S4 Device
0 JUPITER EU
1 JUPITER USA
Stellung 5
2 MARS Endourology EU
S1
3 MARS Endourology USA
S2
4 MARS EU
S3
5 MARS USA
6 S4

7 S5
EU:
8
• each key switches on
9
• off after two seconds
A
B USA:
C • only ON key switches on
D • off after 25 seconds
E
F

TEST!
1 2 3 4

Perform a functional test.

172 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Additional Components

7.3 Infrared remote control with circuit board 4 144 995


NOTE!
The IR remote control is an exchangeable module. Therefore it is not
possible to replace individual parts within the remote control (except for the
batteries). The complete IR remote control must always be replaced if there
is a defect.

Settings:
1. Open the remote control (5 M3 screws).
2. Carefully remove the rear part of the casing and lay it down.
3. Fit a new battery when required:
- pull connector off,
- remove the battery carefully from the holder.
4. The following settings are possible on the board:
- the code is set with the rotary selection switch,
- the device is selected with the rotary selection switch,
- the transmit power is selected with the rotary selection switch,
- jumper settings.
5. The code setting for the IR remote control is always to be taken from the type plate of
the relevant operating table (e. g. A01).

Infrared code setting


A 0 1
S3 S2 S1

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 173


Additional Components

6. Please take the device selection (S4) and the operating mode setting (S5) from the
following table, the frequency and mark to space ratio (transmit power) may be
changed 8 (36 kHz T1/4) is used as the standard setting.

S4 Device S5 Operation mode


0 JUPITER EU 0 Cable remote
control
1 JUPITER USA 1
2 MARS 2
Endourology EU S1

3 MARS 3 S2
Endourology USA
S3
4 MARS EU 4
5 MARS USA 5 S4

6 6 S5

7 7
8 8 36 kHz T1/4 EU:
9 9 36 kHz T1/10 • each key switches on
A A 56 kHz T1/4 • off after two seconds
B B 56 kHz T1/10
USA:

rot
C C
D D • only ON key switches on
• off after 25 second
E E
F F Test operation 1 2 3 4

7. The jumper settings may only be changed by the customer service.


8. Do not damage the rubber seal! Close the remote.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

174 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Additional Components

7.4 Power Pack for the SM Column


WARNING!
Danger to life and limb!
Separate the power pack from the mains supply.
Ensure that it cannot be switched on again.

1
2

3
4

Figure 130: Column power pack


1 Casing 3 2.5 A fuse, delay-action
2 4 A/230 V fuse, delay-action 4 10 A fuse, delay-action
6.3 A/115 V fuse, delay-action

Removal:
1. Pull off the cable to the column.
2. Open the power pack on both sides.
3. While it is open, check the fuses [2], [3], [4] and replace where necessary (see
„Overview of Fuses”).
4. To exchange the mains connection cable, open the cover of the cable screw
connections.
5. Unclip the mains connection cable.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Only use original spare parts.
• Replace the protective caps on the fuses.
• Restore the cables to their previous positions.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 175


Additional Components

7.5 Power Pack for the SF Column


WARNING!
Danger to life and limb!
Separate the power pack from the mains supply.
Ensure that it cannot be switched on again.

Removal:
1. Open the power pack.
2. While it is open, check the fuses and replace where necessary (see „Overview of
Fuses”).

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Only use original spare parts.
• Replace the protective caps on the fuses.

176 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Additional Components

7.6 Charging Unit for the Remote Control (Table Model)


WARNING!
Danger to life and limb!
Separate the power pack from the mains supply.
Ensure that it cannot be switched on again.

Figure 131: Power pack/table model

Removal:
1. Separate the charging unit from the mains supply.
2. Open the charging unit.
3. While it is open, check the fuses and replace where necessary.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Only use original spare parts.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 177


Additional Components

7.7 Charging Unit for Remote Control (Wall Model)


WARNING!
Danger to life and limb!
Separate the power pack from the mains supply.
Ensure that it cannot be switched on again.

Figure 132: Power pack/wall model

Removal:
1. Separate the charging unit from the mains supply.
2. Open the charging unit.
3. While it is open, check the fuses and replace where necessary.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Only use original spare parts.

178 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Accessories

8 Accessories

8.1 Section Control Unit and Power Pack

Power pack
WARNING!
Danger to life and limb!
Make sure that the power pack is separated from the mains supply
before opening it.

Replacing the Mains Cable

Removal:

1
2 4
3

a b c d

Figure 133: Power pack for section control unit


1 M4 screws 4 Mains input wire assignment
2 Cover a green/yellow c brown
3 Mains cable with anti-kink b green/yellow d blue

1. Unscrew 4 M4 screws [1] on the mains cable inlet side.


2. Remove the cover [2].
3. Unclip the mains cable [3].
4. Open the anti-kink device.
5. Replace the cable (ensure the wire assignment [4] is correct).

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instruction:
• Test the earth wire after completing the work.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 179


Accessories

Testing/Replacing the Fuses

Removal:
1. Unscrew 4 M4 screws [1] from each side of the power pack.
2. Remove both covers [2].
3. Pull out the PCB.
4. Test the fuses while disassembled and replace them as and where necessary (see
„Overview of Fuses”).

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• Test the earth wire after completing the work.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

180 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Accessories

8.2 Section Control Unit

Replacing the Batteries

Removal:

1 3 2 6
1 4
8
1 1
7
1 2
9
1 3
1 0
5 4

Figure 134: Section control unit


1 Section control unit 8 Fuse F2 = 630 mA, delay-action
2 Negative output voltage 9 Battery connection
3 Bridge 10 Table top connection
4 Bridge 11 Serial interface connection
5 Positive output voltage 12 Fuse F3 = 630 mA, delay-action
6 EPROM 13 Power pack connection
7 Fuse F1 = 6.3 A, delay-action 14 Operating membrane connections

1. Unscrew 4 M4 screws on the cover.


2. Remove the cover together with the cable screw connection.
3. Carefully remove the PCB.
4. Detach the flat ribbon cable from the connection to the operating membrane [14]
(slide the clip contact back and then pull out the flat ribbon cable).
5. Pull out the plugs [2], [3], [4], [5].
6. Remove the batteries and replace with new ones.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instruction:
• Connect the new batteries as before.

Environment!
Dispose of the batteries in a way which does not harm the environment.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 181


Accessories

Testing/Replacing the Fuses

Removal:
1. Unscrew the 4 M4 screws on the cover.
2. Remove the cover together with the cable screw connection.
3. Carefully remove the PCB.
4. Test the fuses [7], [8], [12] while disassembled and replace them as and where
necessary.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Replacing the EPROM

Removal:
1. Unscrew the 4 M4 screws on the cover.
2. Remove the cover together with the cable screw connection.
3. Carefully remove the PCB.
4. Detach the flat ribbon cable from the connection to the operating membrane [14]
(slide the clip contact back and then pull out the flat ribbon cable).
5. Carefully pull the EPROM [6] out of the mounting.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
ATTENTION!
Avoid electrostatic charges building up when handling the EPROM.

NOTE!
Ensure that the markings on the EPROM and its mounting are aligned
when it is inserted.

• Set the new EPROM carefully on its mounting.


• Check whether all the pins are lying in the correct position on the mounting guides.
• Press the EPROM in evenly making sure that none of the pins buckle.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

182 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Accessories

Replacing the Connecting Cable

Removal:
1. Unscrew 4 M4 screws from the cover.
2. Remove the cover together with the cable screw connection.
3. Open the cable screw connection.
4. Insert the pre-fabricated cable and connect it as before.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Replacing the PCB

Removal:
1. Unscrew the 4 M4 screws on the cover.
2. Remove the cover together with the cable screw connection.
3. Carefully remove the PCB.
4. Pull out the plug.
5. Insert the new PCB.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 183


Accessories

Replacing the Membrane Keypad

Removal:
1. Unscrew the 4 M4 screws on the cover.
2. Remove the cover together with the cable screw connection.
3. Carefully remove the PCB.
4. Detach the flat ribbon cable from the connection to the operating membrane [14]
(slide the clip contact back and then pull out the flat ribbon cable).
5. Pull out the flat ribbon cable.
6. Pull out the membrane keypad.
7. Remove any residual adhesive.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instruction:
• When inserting the membrane keypad, ensure that it is exactly in the correct position.
It cannot be repositioned later.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

184 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


PSA Electrical Components

9 PSA Electrical Components

9.1 Replacing the Connecting Cable/PSA

1
2
3

Figure 135: Motorised seat section extension - cable side


1 Pad 3 Connecting cable
2 Cable screw connection

1. Detach the motorised seat section extension and place it pad side down [1] on a clean
surface.
2. Unscrew the 4 M4 countersunk screws out of the cover on the cable side.
3. Remove the cover.

4
5
6

Figure 136: Wire connections


4 Green wire 6 Brown wire
5 White wire

4. Unclip the cables [4], [5], [6].


5. Open the cable screw connection [2].
6. Replace the connecting cable [3].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 185


PSA Electrical Components

9.2 Replacing the Socket for the Section Control Unit

Removal:

1
2

Figure 137: Motorised seat section extension - socket side


1 Pad
2 Socket with cover

1. Detach the motorised seat section extension and place it pad side down [1] on a clean
surface.
2. Unscrew the 4 M4 countersunk screws out of the cover on the socket side.
3. Remove the cover.

3
4
5

Figure 138: Wire connections


3 Green wire 5 Brown wire
4 White wire

4. Unclip the cables [3], [4], [5].


5. Dismantle the socket [2].
6. Replace the socket [2] or its cover.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

186 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


PSA Electrical Components

9.3 Replacing the Electronics

Removal:
1. Detach the motorised seat section extension and place it pad side down on a clean
surface.
2. Unscrew the 4 M4 countersunk screws out of the cover.
3. Remove the cover.
4. Unclip the cables and pull out the plug.
5. Remove the 4 machine screws from the PCB cooling plate.
6. Carefully remove the PCB and replace it with a new one.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instruction:
• Connect the cables as shown in the circuit diagram.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 187


PSA Electrical Components

9.4 Replacing the Leg Section Presence Sensor

Removal:
1. Detach the motorised seat section extension and place it pad side down on a clean
surface.

1
2 5
3 6
4

Figure 139: Disassembling the leg section joint


1 Cable guide 4 4 M4 countersunk screws
2 Cable guide cover 5 Sensor plug
3 6 M3 countersunk screws 6 Cover

2. Unscrew the 4 M4 countersunk screws [4] out of the cover [6] on the corresponding
side. Remove the cover [6].
3. Pull out the sensor plug [5].
4. Press out the presence sensor cables.
5. Attach the motorised seat section extension to the table top and bring it into the zero
position.
6. Remove the pad from the seat section extension.
7. Remove the 6 M3 countersunk screws [3] on the cable guide [1].
8. Remove the cover of the cable guide [2].

7
8
9

1 0 1 2

1 1

Figure 140: Removing the presence sensor


7 Fixing screws for the coupling cover 10 Fixing screws for standard rail
8 Coupling cover 11 Standard rail
9 Cable guide 12 Presence sensor cable

188 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


PSA Electrical Components

9. Remove the standard rail [11] and cable guide [9] at the joint/coupling point
(2 M8 countersunk screws [10]).
10. Screw out the 3 M4 countersunk screws [7] on the cover [8] of the joint and remove the
cover [8].
11. ATTENTION!
The option of adjusting the spars is lost.
Only remove the plastic plate from the seat section extension if the seat
section extension is coupled to the table top.

Screw off the 4 ball-headed pins and remove the plastic plate from the seat section
extension.
12. Pull out the sensor cable [12] together with the presence sensor and replace it with a
new one.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• Clip on the presence sensor as shown in the circuit diagram.
ATTENTION!
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable!
When screwing on the standard rail ensure that the sensor cables are
not crushed.
• Slide the sensor into the borehole as far as the stop before screwing on the standard rail.
• Screw on the plastic plate (the seat section extension can now be detached from the table
top once again).

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 189


PSA Electrical Components

9.5 Replacing the Reference/End Sensors

Removal:
1. Detach the motorised seat section extension and place it pad side down on a clean
surface.

1
2 5
3 6
4

Figure 141: Disassembling the leg section joint


1 Cable guide 4 4 M4 countersunk screws
2 Cable guide cover 5 Sensor plug
3 6 M3 countersunk screws 6 Cover

2. Unscrew the 4 M4 countersunk screws [4] out of the cover [6] on the corresponding
side. Remove the cover [6].
3. Pull out the sensor plug [5].
4. Press out the cables of the reference or end sensor.
5. Attach the motorised seat section extension to the table top and bring it into the zero
position.
6. Remove the pad from the seat section extension.
7. Remove the 6 M3 countersunk screws [3] on the cable guide [1].
8. Remove the cover of the cable guide [2].
9. ATTENTION!
The option of adjusting the spars is lost.
Only remove the plastic plate from the seat section extension if the seat
section extension is coupled to the table top.

Screw off the 4 ball-headed pins and remove the plastic plate from the seat section
extension.
10. Pull the relevant sensor cable up through the assembly window.

190 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


PSA Electrical Components

7
8
9
1 0
1 1 A
1 2

Figure 142: Removing the reference and end sensors


7 2 M8 cheese head screws 10 End sensor
8 Spar 11 Reference sensor
9 2 M4 locking screws 12 2 M6 countersunk screws
A Gap (0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm)

11. Remove the 2 M8 cheese head screws [7] within the spar [8] and 2 M6 countersunk
screws [12] beneath it.
12. Pull the gear and the motor out about 35 mm in a forward direction.
13. Loosen the M4 locking screw [9] of the sensor to be replaced (end sensor [10],
reference sensor [11]) and pull out the sensor in the direction of the gear.
NOTE!
The sensor locking screws are secured with UHU screw fixing lacquer.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• Put 1 drop of UHU screw fixing lacquer in the tapped holes of the locking screws [9].
• Adjust the sensor gap after all the parts have been securely mounted.
• Set the sensor gap [A] to (0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
• Attach both leg sections and move them both to the zero position from the same
direction.
• Any misalignment of the leg sections should be < 1 cm at their ends.
• If necessary, correct the sensor gap (A = maximum 0.3 mm).

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 191


PSA Electrical Components

9.6 Replacing the Connecting Cable

Removal:
1. Attach the motorised seat section extension to the table top and move it upwards into
the 90° position.

1 4
2 5
3

Figure 143: Replacing the connecting cable


1 Assembly window 4 Connecting cable
2 Cable tube 5 Cover
3 4 M4 countersunk screws

2. Screw the 4 M4 countersunk screws [3] out of the cover [5] on each side and remove
the cover [5].
3. Unclip the connecting cable [4] on both sides.
4. Attach the motorised seat section extension to the table top and bring it into the zero
position.
5. Remove the pad from the seat section extension.
6. ATTENTION!
The option of adjusting the spars is lost.
Only remove the plastic plate from the seat section extension if the seat
section extension is coupled to the table top.

Screw off the 4 ball-headed pins and remove the plastic plate from the seat section
extension.
7. Pull the connecting cable [4] up through the assembly window [1] on both sides and
remove from the cable tube [2].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instruction:
• Connect the cables as shown in the circuit diagram.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

192 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


PSA Electrical Components

9.7 Replacing Motors

Removal:
1. Attach the motorised seat section extension to the table top and move it upwards into
the 90° position.

1 5
2 6
3 7
4

Figure 144: Disassembling the leg section joint


1 Assembly window 5 Motor and sensor cables
2 Cable guide cover 6 Connecting cable
3 6 M3 countersunk screws 7 Cover
4 4 M4 countersunk screws

2. Screw the 4 M4 countersunk screws [4] out of the cover [7] on the appropriate side and
remove the cover [7].
3. Unclip or press out all the motor and sensor cables [5].
4. Attach the motorised seat section extension to the table top and bring it into the zero
position.
5. Remove the pad from the seat section extension.
6. Remove the 6 M3 countersunk screws [3] on the cable guide [2].
7. Remove the cover from the cable guide [2].
8. ATTENTION!
The option of adjusting the spars is lost.
Only remove the plastic plate from the seat section extension if the seat
section extension is coupled to the table top.

Screw off the 4 ball-headed pins and remove the plastic plate from the seat section
extension.
9. Pull the sensor and motor cables [5] as well as the connecting cable [6] up and out
through the assembly window [1].
10. Pull the presence sensor cable out of the spar.
11. Pull the cable guide out of the gear.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 193


PSA Electrical Components

8
9
1 0
1 1
1 2 A
1 3
1 4
Figure 145: Replacing the motor
8 2 M8 cheese head screws 12 Reference sensor
9 Spar 13 4 M5 cheese head screws
10 2 M4 locking screws 14 2 M6 countersunk screws
11 End sensor A Gap (0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm)

12. Remove the 2 M8 cheese head screws [8] within the spar and the 2 M6 countersunk
screws [14] beneath it.
13. Pull the motor out forwards.
14. Unscrew the motor from the gear (4 M5 cheese head screws [13]).
15. Pull the gear together with the joint off the motor shaft, use a plastic hammer if
necessary.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• Screw the gear onto the motor. Watch out for the cable outlet.
• Connect as shown in the circuit diagram.
• Slide the gear together with the motor into the spar to within about 15 mm of the stop
and thread the cable into the spar passing the motor on the outside.

TEST!
Check the switch gap of the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

194 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


PSA Mechanical Components

10 PSA Mechanical Components

10.1 Replacing the Plastic Plate


ATTENTION!
The option of adjusting the spars is lost.
Only remove the plastic plate from the seat section extension if the seat
section extension is coupled to the table top.

Removal:
1. Attach the motorised seat section extension to the table top and bring it into the zero
position.

1
2
3
4
Figure 146: Motorised seat section extension with and without pad
1 Pad 3 Plastic plate
2 Ball-headed pin 4 Spar

2. Remove the pad [1] from the seat section extension.


3. Screw off the 4 ball-headed pins [2] and remove the plastic plate [3] from the seat
section extension.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 195


PSA Mechanical Components

10.2 Replacing the Gear

Removal:
1. Attach the motorised seat section extension to the table top and bring it into the zero
position.
2. Remove the pad from the seat section extension.

1
2
3
4
5

Figure 147: Leg section joint - inner side


1 6 cylindrical pins 4 Cable guide cover
2 Fixing screws for joint 5 Fixing screws for cable guide cover
3 Cable guide

3. Remove the cover [4] of the cable guide [3] (6 M3 countersunk screws [5]).
4. ATTENTION!
The option of adjusting the spars is lost.
Only remove the plastic plate from the seat section extension if the seat
section extension is coupled to the tabletop.

Screw off the 4 ball-headed pins and remove the plastic plate from the seat section
extension.

6
7
8 1

9 1 1
1 0 1 2

Figure 148: Leg section joint - outer side


6 Fixing screws for coupling cover 10 Standard rail
7 Coupling cover 11 Presence sensor cable
8 Spacer plate 12 Joint/coupling point
9 Fixing screws for standard rail

5. Remove the standard rail [10] and spacer plate [8] from the joint/coupling point [12]
(2 M8 countersunk screws [9]).

196 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


PSA Mechanical Components

6. Remove the cover [7] from the joint [12] (3 M4 countersunk screws [6]).
7. Pull the presence sensor [11] completely out of the joint and gear.
8. Pull the cable guide [3] out of the gear.
9. Remove the 6 cylindrical pins 10 mm x 24 mm [1] with a pin remover.
10. Remove the 3 M4 countersunk screws [2] from the inner side of the spar.

1 3 2 0
1 4 1 2
1 5
1 6
1 7
1 8
1 9
Figure 149: Replacing the leg section joint
13 2 M8 cheese head screws 17 Reference sensor
14 Spar 18 4 M5 cheese head screws
15 M4 locking screws 19 2 M6 countersunk screws
16 End sensor 20 Seals with slip rings

11. Pull out the leg section joint [12].


12. Unscrew the 2 M8 cheese head screws [13] within the spar [14].
13. Remove the 2 M6 countersunk screws [19] underneath the spar.
14. Pull the gear and motor out about 40 mm.
15. Remove the 4 M5 cheese head screws [18].
16. Carefully separate the gear from the motor with a plastic hammer.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 197


PSA Mechanical Components

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• Screw a new gear onto the motor.
• Fix the gear and motor to the spar.
• Renew the seals [20] if necessary and insert them into the groove on the gear casing.
• Press the slip rings onto the seals [20] and slide the joint/coupling point [12] onto the
gear.
• Knock in the cylindrical pins [1].
• ATTENTION!
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable!
When screwing on the standard rail, ensure that the sensor cable is not
crushed. The slip rings are subject to excessive wear if they are not
inserted in the correct positions. Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the
correct positions.

Slide the sensor [11] into the borehole up to the stop before screwing on the standard
rail [10].

TEST!
Check the switch gap of the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

198 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


PSA Mechanical Components

10.3 Replacing the Joint

Removal:
1. Attach the motorised seat section extension to the table top and bring it into the zero
position.
2. Remove the pad from the seat section extension.

1
2
3
4
5

Figure 150: Disassembling the leg section joint


1 6 cylindrical pins 4 Cable guide cover
2 Fixing screws for joint 5 Fixing screws for cable guide cover
3 Cable guide

3. Remove the cover [4] from the cable guide [3] (6 M3 countersunk screws [5]).
4. ATTENTION!
The option of adjusting the spars is lost.
Only remove the plastic plate from the seat section extension if the seat
section extension is coupled to the table top.

Screw off the 4 ball-headed pins and remove the plastic plate from the seat section
extension.

6
7
8 1

9 1 1
1 0 1 2

Figure 151: Leg section joint - outer side


6 Fixing screws for the coupling cover 10 Standard rail
7 Coupling cover 11 Presence sensor
8 Spacer plate 12 Joint/coupling point
9 Fixing screws for standard rail

5. Remove the standard rail [10] and spacer plate [8] from the joint/coupling point [12]
(2 M8 countersunk screws [9]).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 199


PSA Mechanical Components

6. Remove the cover [7] from the joint (3 M4 countersunk screws [6]).
7. Pull the sensor [11] completely out of the joint and gear.
8. Pull the cable guide [3] off the gear.
9. Remove the 6 cylindrical pins 10 mm x 24 mm [1] with a pin remover.

1 2

1 3
1 4

Figure 152: Replacing the leg section joint


12 Joint/coupling point 14 Gear casing
13 Seals with slip rings

10. Remove the 3 M4 countersunk screws from the joint [12] on the inner side of the spar.
11. Pull out the joint/coupling point [12].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• Renew the seals [13] if necessary and insert them into the groove on the gear casing [14].
• Press the slip rings onto the seals [13] and slide the leg section joint [12] onto the
gear [14].
ATTENTION!
The slip rings are subject to excessive wear if they are not inserted in the
correct positions.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
• Knock in the cylindrical pins [1].

TEST!
Check the switch gap of the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

200 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


PSA Mechanical Components

10.4 Coupling Mechanism

Removal:
1. Detach the motorised seat section extension and place it pad side down on a clean
surface.

1
2 5
3 6
4 7

Figure 153: Coupling mechanism


1 Screw grip cover 5 Holding bolt
2 Screw grip 6 Retaining washer
3 Lower claw 7 Compression spring
4 Upper claw

2. Remove the covering cap [1] from the screw grip [2].
3. Remove the M4 cheese head screw together with the stop washer from the holding
bolt [5].
4. Unscrew the screw grip [2] from the holding bolt [5].
5. Knock the grooved pins out of the lower claw [3] and remove the claw [3].
6. Knock the grooved pins out of the upper claw [4].
7. Remove the retaining washer [6] with a screwdriver and remove the compression
spring [7].
8. Turn the seat section extension and remove the pad.
9. Pull out the upper claw [4] together with the holding bolt [5] in an upward direction.
10. Knock the cylindrical pin out of the upper claw [4].
11. Remove the holding bolt [5].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 201


PSA Mechanical Components

202 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

11 Electrical Components of the RY Table top


CAUTION!
Danger of infection!
Before beginning work, obtain confirmation from the medical facility that all
the necessary measures for protection against infection have been
performed.

11.1 Contact Element

Removal:
1. Uncouple all functional accessories.
2. Transfer the table top onto a shuttle (lift it manually onto the shuttle if function
defective).
3. Pull the pad off the seat section.
4. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
5. If present, dismount the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove the covering cap (8 M4 screws).

1
2
3

Figure 154: Disassembling the contact element


1 Cables 3 Contact element
2 M4 countersunk screw (underside of table)

7. Separate 3 cables [1] from the contact element [3] (3 M4 screws).


8. Remove the 2 M4 countersunk screws [2] from the under side of the table top.
9. Pull the contact element out in a downward direction.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 203


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instruction:
• When connecting the cables, do not forget the tooth-lock washer and plain washer.

a
b
c

Figure 155: Disassembling the contact element


a Data (green) c Earth (brown)
b +36 V (white)

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

204 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

11.2 Distributor Circuit Board

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Pull the pad off the seat section.
3. Remove the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
4. If present, dismount the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
5. Remove the covering cap (8 M4 screws).

1
J 7

1
J 1
F 1 6 ,3 A
b

1
J 2
1 a c

1
2 J 8

J 4
d
1 J 5 1 J 3

Figure 156: Disassembling the distributor PCB


1 Distributor PCB a Contact element
2 Machine screw b Leg section, left
c Leg section, right
d Socket for additional accessories

6. Pull all plugs out of the PCB [1].


7. Screw out 4 machine screws [2] and replace the PCB.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 205


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

11.3 Leg Section Presence Sensor

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Pull the pad off the seat section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
4. If present, dismount the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1
2
3
4
5

Figure 157: Disassembling the leg section presence sensor


1 Cover 4 Cable guide cover
2 Motor plug 5 M3 screw
3 Motor socket

ATTENTION!
Do not allow any screws to fall into the spar.
If this does happen, they must be removed without fail.

5. Remove the cover [1] (2 M3 screws).


6. Pull out the motor plug [2].
7. Unscrew the motor socket [3] (2 M3 screws).
8. Unclip the sensor connections from the socket.
9. Unscrew the cover of the cable guide [4] (6 M3 screws [5]).

206 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

7
8
9
10
11 12

Figure 158: Disassembling the leg section presence sensor


7 M4 screw 10 M8 screw
8 Cover 11 Standard rail
9 Cable guide cover 12 Sensor cable

10. Remove the standard rail [11] and cable guide [9] from the leg section joint
(2 M8 screws [10]).
11. Remove the joint cover [8] (3 M4 screws [7]).
12. Pull out the sensor cable [12] together with the sensor.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instruction:
• ATTENTION!
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable!
When screwing on the standard rail, ensure that the sensor cable is not
crushed.

Slide the sensor into the borehole as far as the stop before screwing on the standard rail.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 207


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

11.4 Reference and End Sensors for the Leg Section Joints

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column and switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Pull the pad off the seat section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
4. If present, dismount the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1
2
3
4
5

Figure 159: Disassembling the leg section reference and end sensors
1 Cover 4 Cable guide cover
2 Motor plug 5 M3 screw
3 Motor socket

ATTENTION!
Do not allow any screws to fall into the spar.
If this does happen, they must be removed without fail.

5. Remove the cover [1] (2 M3 screws).


6. Pull out the motor plug [2].
7. Unscrew the motor socket [3] (2 M3 screws).
8. Unscrew the cover of the cable guide [4] (6 M3 screws [5]).
9. Unclip the connections of the sensor to be replaced from the socket.

208 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

7 1 2

8 1 3

9 1 4

1 0 1 5

1 1 1 6

Figure 160: Disassembling the leg section reference and end sensors
7 M4 screw 12 M8 machine screw
8 Cover 13 Reference sensor
9 Cable guide screw 14 End sensor
10 M8 screw 15 Motor with gear
11 Standard rail 16 M6 countersunk screw

10. Remove the 2 M8 machine screws [12] within the spar and the 2 M6 countersunk
screws [16] underneath.
11. Pull the gear and motor [15] out about 35 mm in forward direction.
12. Loosen the M4 locking screw of the sensor to be replaced (reference sensor [13],
end sensor [14]) and pull the sensor out in the direction of the gear.
NOTE!
The sensor locking screws are secured with UHU screw fixing lacquer.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• Put 1 drop UHU screw fixing lacquer in the tapped holes of the locking screws.
• Adjust the sensor gap after all the parts have been securely mounted.
• Set the sensor gap to 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm.
• Then check the gaps at the upper and lower end positions and the zero position once
again.

TEST!
Perform a functional test and check the sensor gap again
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 209


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

11.5 Leg Section Motor


NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

Removal:
1. Uncouple all functional accessories.
2. Separate the column from the power pack and switch off.
3. Pull the pad off the seat section.
4. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
5. If present, dismount the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1
2
3
4
5
6

Figure 161: Disassembling the leg section motor


1 Cover 4 Cable guide cover
2 Motor plug 5 M3 screw
3 Motor socket 6 End point of longitudinal displacement

ATTENTION!
Do not allow any screws to fall into the spar.
If this does happen, they must be removed without fail.

6. Remove the cover (1) (2 M4 screws).


7. Unscrew/pull out the motor plug [2].
8. Unscrew the motor socket [3] (2 M3 screws).
9. Remove the cable guide cover [4] (6 M3 screws [5]).
10. Unclip the presence sensor cables and bus cables from the motor socket [3] and pull
the sensor cable completely out.

210 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

7
8
9
1 0
1 1

Figure 162: Disassembling the leg section motor


7 M8 machine screw 10 Gear
8 Motor 11 M6 countersunk screw
9 M5 screw

11. Remove the 2 M8 machine screws [7] within the spar and 2 M6 countersunk screws
[11] underneath.
12. Pull the gear [10] and motor [8] out forwards.
13. Unscrew the motor [8] from the gear [10] (4 M5 screws [9]).
14. Pull the gear [10] and joint off the motor shaft, use a plastic hammer if necessary.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• The cable outlet on the motor must point downwards when screwing the gear to the
motor.

TEST!
Check the switch gap of the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 211


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

11.6 Connecting Socket for Additional Accessories


NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

Removal:
1. Uncouple functional accessories from the leg end.
2. Separate the column from the power pack and switch off.

1
2
3

Figure 163: Disassembling the connecting socket for additional accessories


1 Cover with socket 3 M3 screw
2 Socket cover

3. Screw off the cover [1] and socket (2 M3 screws [3]).


4. Remove the cables with an ejector tool.
5. Separate the socket from the cover [1].
6. Replace with a new socket or socket cover [2].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

212 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

11.7 Electrical Cables

Additional Accessory Cables

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column. When performing the
replacement on the column, pull the power pack plug out of the column and
switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories from the table top.


2. Move the horizontal displacement to the end position on the head side.
3. Pull the pad off the seat section.
4. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
5. If present, dismount the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove the covering cap (8 M4 screws).
7. Pull the plug out of the distributor PCB and unclip the cable.

1
2

Figure 164: Disassembling the additional accessory cable


1 Distributor PCB 3 Cover with socket
2 M4 machine screw 4 M3 screw

8. Remove the 4 machine screws M4 [2] from the distributor PCB [1].
9. Raise the distributor PCB.
10. Release the cable screening under the distributor PCB.
11. Remove the cable binder.
12. Unscrew the cover and the socket [3] for additional accessories (2 M3 screws [4]).
13. Remove the cable from the socket with a stripping tool and pull it out.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 213


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instruction:
• Renew cable binder.

3 2

a b c
Figure 165: Disassembling the additional accessory cable (rear view of socket)
a Earth (brown) c Data (green)
b +36 V (white)

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

214 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

Cable Contact Plate

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories from the table top.


2. Pull the pad off the seat section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
4. If present, dismount the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
5. Remove the covering cap (8 M4 screws).
6. Pull the plug out of the distributor PCB and unclip the leads.

1
2

Figure 166: Disassembling the contact plate


1 Distributor PCB 2 M4 machine screw

7. Remove the 4 machine screws M4 [2] from the distributor PCB [1].
8. Raise the distributor PCB.
9. Release the cable screening under the distributor PCB.
10. Remove the cable binder and cable straps.
11. Unclip the cable from the contact plate.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 215


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instruction:
• Renew cable binder.

a
b
c

Figure 167: Disassembling the contact plate cable


a Data (green) c Earth (brown)
b +36 V (white)

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

216 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

Leg Section Cable - Right/Left

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Uncouple all functional accessories.


2. Move the horizontal displacement to the end position on the foot side.
3. Pull the pad off the seat section.
4. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
5. If present, dismount the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
6. Remove the covering cap (8 M4 screws).
7. Pull the plug out of the distributor PCB and unclip it from the cable.

3
4
5
1
2

Figure 168: Disassembling the leg section cable right/left


1 Distributor PCB 4 Motor plug
2 M4 machine screw 5 Motor socket
3 Cover

8. Remove 4 machine screws M4 [2] from the distributor PCB [1].


9. Raise the distributor PCB.
10. Release the cable screening.
11. Remove the cable binder.

ATTENTION!
Do not allow any screws to fall into the spar.
If this does happen, they must be removed without fail.

12. Remove the cover [3] (2 M4 screws).


13. Unscrew/pull out the motor plug [4].
14. Unscrew the motor socket [5] (2 M3 screws).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 217


Electrical Components of the RY Table top

15. Unclip the bus cables from the socket.


16. Pull the cable out of the spar.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• Screw on the cable guide.
• Renew cable binder.

a b c d e f g h
Figure 169: Disassembling the leg section cable right/left
a Earth (brown) e Earth 5 V (blue + black)
b +36 V (white) f End sensor (brown)
c Data (green) g Reference sensor (brown)
d Free h Additional accessory (black)

TEST!
Check the switch gaps of the reference and end sensors
(0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

218 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the RY Table top

12 Mechanical Components of the RY Table top


CAUTION!
Danger of infection!
Before beginning work, obtain confirmation from the medical facility that all
the necessary measures for protection against infection have been
performed.

12.1 Plastic Plates

Removal:
1. Pull the pad off the section concerned.
2. Unscrew the associated plastic plate.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

12.2 Covering Cap

Removal:
1. Pull the pad off the seat section.
2. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
3. If present, dismount the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).
4. Remove the fixing screws from the covering cap (8 M4 countersunk screws).
5. Pull out the covering cap.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 219


Mechanical Components of the RY Table top

12.3 Leg Section Gear


Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Remove all the accessories from the foot end of the table top.
2. Pull the pad off the seat section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
4. If present, dismount the bearing rails for X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1
2
4 7
3
5 8
6 9

Figure 170: Disassembling the leg section gear


1 Cover 6 Cylindrical pins
2 Motor plug 7 Joint fixing screws
3 Motor socket 8 Cable guide cover
4 Joint 9 Cable guide cover fixing screws
5 Cable guide

ATTENTION!
Do not allow any screws to fall into the spar.
If this does happen, they must be removed without fail.

5. Remove the cover [1] (2 M4 countersunk screws).


6. Unscrew/pull out the motor plug [2].
7. Unscrew the motor socket [3] (2 M3 screws).
8. Remove the cover [8] from the cable guide [5] (6 M3 countersunk screws).

220 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the RY Table top

1 1
1 2
1 3 7

1 4 1 6

1 5 1 7

Figure 171: Disassembling the leg section gear


11 Fixing screws for the coupling cover 15 Standard rail
12 Coupling cover 16 Presence sensor cable
13 Cable guide 17 Joint/coupling point
14 Fixing screws for the standard rail

9. Remove the standard rail [15] and cable guide [13] at the joint/coupling point
(2 M8 countersunk screws [14]).
10. Remove the cover [12] on the joint (3 M4 countersunk screws [11]).
11. Pull the presence sensor [16] completely out of the joint and gear.
12. Pull the cable guide [5] out of the gear.
13. Remove the 6 cylindrical pins Ø 10 mm x 24 mm [6] with a pin remover.
14. Remove the 3 M4 countersunk screws [7] from the joint [17], they are located on the
inner side of the spar.
15. Pull out the leg section joint [17].
16. Unscrew the 2 M8 machine screws within the spar.
17. Remove the 2 M6 countersunk screws underneath the spar.
18. Pull the gear and motor out about 40 mm.
19. Remove the 4 M5 machine screws.
20. Carefully separate the gear from the motor with a plastic hammer.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 221


Mechanical Components of the RY Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:

1 8

1 9

Figure 172: Leg section gear


18 Seals with slip rings 19 Gear casing

• Screw a new gear onto the motor.


• Fix the gear and motor to the spar.
• Renew the seals [18] if necessary and place them in the groove on the gear casing [19].
• Press the slip rings on the seals [18] and slide the joint/coupling point [17] onto the gear.
• Knock in the cylindrical pins [6].
• ATTENTION!
Risk of damaging the insulation on the sensor cable!
When screwing on the standard rail, ensure that the sensor cable is not
crushed. The slip rings are subject to excessive wear if they are not
inserted in the correct positions. Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the
correct positions.

Slide the sensor [16] into the borehole up to the stop before screwing on the standard
rail [15].

TEST!
Check the switch gaps on the reference and end sensors
(gaps 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm).
Perform a functional test.

222 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the RY Table top

12.4 Leg Section Joint

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Remove all the accessories from the foot end of the table top.
2. Pull the pad off the seat section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).
4. If present, dismount the bearing rails for the X-ray cassettes (6 M4 screws).

1 4
2 5
3 6

Figure 173: Disassembling the leg section


1 Joint 4 Joint fixing screws
2 Cable guide 5 Cable guide cover
3 Cylindrical pins 6 Fixing screws for the cable guide

5. Remove the cover [5] of the cable guide [2] (6 M3 countersunk screws [6]).

8
9
1 0 3

1 1 1 3

1 2 1 4

Figure 174: Disassembling the leg section


8 Fixing screws for the coupling cover 12 Standard rail
9 Coupling cover 13 Presence sensor cable
10 Cable guide 14 Joint/coupling point
11 Fixing screws for the standard rail

6. Remove the standard rail [12] and cable guide [10] from the joint/coupling point
(2 M8 countersunk screws [11]).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 223


Mechanical Components of the RY Table top

7. Remove the cover [9] on the joint (3 M4 countersunk screws [8]).


8. Pull the sensor [13] completely out of the joint and gear.
9. Remove the 6 cylindrical pins Ø 10 mm x 24 mm [3] with a pin remover.
10. Remove the 3 M4 countersunk screws from the joint [14] which are located on the inner
side of the spar.
11. Pull out the joint/coupling point [14].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:

1 5

1 6

Figure 175: Disassembling the leg section joint


15 Seals with slip rings 16 Gear casing

• Renew the seals [15] if necessary and insert them into the groove on the gear casing [16].
• Press the slip rings onto the seals [15] and slide the joint/coupling point [14] onto the
gear [16].
ATTENTION!
The slip rings are subject to excessive wear if they are not inserted in the
correct positions.
Ensure that the slip rings are lying in the correct positions.
• Knock in the cylindrical pins [3].

TEST!
Check the switch gap of the reference and end sensors
(gap 0.2 mm ± 0.1mm).
Perform a functional test.

224 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Mechanical Components of the RY Table top

12.5 Seat Section Joint

Removal:

NOTE!
Disassembly can also be performed on the column.
When performing the replacement on the column:
- Pull the power pack plug out of the column.
- Switch the column off.

1. Remove all the accessories from the head end of the table top.
2. Pull the pad off the seat section.
3. Unscrew the plastic plate from the seat section (4 ball-headed pins and 2 M8
countersunk screws).

X
1
2 5
3 6
4 7
8

Figure 176: Back section joint


1 Holding bolt 6 Compression spring
2 Joint 7 Cam lever
3 Disk springs/pressure disk 8 Pressure disk
4 Cylindrical pin
5 Stopping lever X Borehole for cylindrical pin 4

4. Open the cam lever [7] on the joint concerned.


5. NOTE!
Prevent the compression spring [6] from flying off.

Knock in the cylindrical pin [4].


6. Remove the cam lever [7] carefully.
7. Remove the disk springs [3] and pressure disk.
8. Knock the holding bolt [1] in.
9. Remove the joint [2].
10. Replace the defective parts.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 225


Mechanical Components of the RY Table top

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order with the following instructions:
• Ensure that the disk springs [3] are inserted the correct way round.
• The cam lever [7] must be easy to actuate after the joint [2] has been assembled.
• There must not be any play in the gear teeth when the joint has been clamped.
• If necessary, readjust with shim rings which are located under the pressure disk [8].

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

226 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13 Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13.1 Fender and Initiator Plate


1. Brake the wheels.
2. Lay the shuttle on its side.

1 2

Figure 177: Fender and initiator rail


1 Fender 2 Initiator rail

3. Dismount the initiator rail [2].


4. Dismount the fender [1].
NOTE!
Use the dismounted fender as a drilling template for the new fender.

1
3 3 8 ± 0 ,5
2
a a
Figure 178: Adjusting the fender and initiator rails
1 Fender 2 Initiator rail

ATTENTION!
Adjust the spacing of the fender [1] exactly central to the holding wedges.
The initiator rails [2] must not project beyond the front edge of the
fender [1] (a).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 227


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
1. Spacing between the fenders 338 mm ± 0.5 mm.
2. Ensure that the fenders are parallel to one another.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

228 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13.2 Changing the Adjustable Feet

1 2

Figure 179: Adjustable feet


1 Part 1 (foot) 2 Part 2

1. Screw/force out the defective foot [1] (it is secured with fixing lacquer!).
If necessary, also remove part 2 [2] (glued in with 2-component adhesive!).
Parts 1 and 2 [1]/[2] are supplied as a single spare part.
2. If part 2 [2] has been removed, this must be previously knocked in and glued in with
2-component adhesive.
Screw new foot [1] into part 2 [2] with fixing lacquer.
3 m m

3 m m

3 4 1
5
Figure 180: Setting range for adjusting the adjustable feet
3 Holding wedge 5 Operator side
4 SM Column wedge holder

3. Adjust the spacing of the adjustable feet as shown in Figure 181.


When the shuttle is docked on the column, the distance between the holding wedge [3]
and the column [4] must be 3 mm (column 3 mm in front of the wedges). The adjustable
feet [1] touch the column.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 229


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13.3 Takeover Release

4 x

1 1 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 0 m m

Figure 181: Exploded view of the release


1 Push rod 7 Washer
2 Bolt with locking clip 8 Spring
3 Fork 9 Initiator plate
4 Nut 10 Countersunk screw
5 Spring 11 Adjustable feet
6 Spring

1. Remove the bolt with the small clip [2].


2. Remove the push rod [1].
3. The path of the initiator plate can be adjusted with the fork [3].
NOTE!
Make sure that the springs [5]/[6] and washer [7] are positioned
correctly when assembling.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Use the nut [4] to lock the fork [3].
• The maximum distance between the initiator plate [9] and the adjustable feet [11] is
10 mm.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

230 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13.4 Changing the Front Wheel


NOTE!
Do not change the travel mode any more during the assembly work.
The exchange is made in the central position.
Note the position of the wheel before the wheel change.
The new wheel must be inserted in the same position.

1. Lay the shuttle on its side on a support.


2. Set free-wheel mode (central position).
3. Dismount the relevant fender and indicator rail.

1 3 2
2
3
4
5

Figure 182: Front wheel change (directionally running wheel)


1 Wheel support, front 4 Gear shift control
2 Screw 5 Hexagonal shaft
3 Axle clamp 6 Wheel, front

4. Remove the screw [2] in the axle clamp [3].


5. Pull the hexagonal shaft [5] out.
6. Screw 4 screws out of the wheel support [1].
7. Mark the direction of insertion of the wheel [6] in the wheel support [1].
8. Pull the wheel [6] out and remove the wheel support [1].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Insert the new wheel in the same lock-in position as the old wheel was removed from.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 231


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13.5 Rear Wheel Change


NOTE!
Do not change the travel mode any more during the assembly work.
The exchange is made in the central position.
Note the position of the wheel before the wheel change.
The new wheel must be inserted in the same position.

1. Lay the shuttle on its side on a support.


2. Set free-wheel mode (central position).
3. Dismount the relevant fender and indicator rail.

1 3 2
2
3
4
5

Figure 183: Rear wheel change (wheels braked)


1 Wheel support, back 4 Gear shift control
2 Screw 5 Hexagonal shaft
3 Axle clamp 6 Wheel, back

4. Remove the screw [2] in the axle clamp [3] remove the retaining pin on the left-hand
side of the hexagonal shaft [5].
5. Pull the hexagonal shaft [5] out.
6. Screw 4 screws out of the wheel support [1].
7. Mark the direction of insertion of the wheel [6] in the wheel support [1].
8. Pull the wheel [6] out and remove the wheel support [1].

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• Insert the new wheel in the same lock-in position as the old wheel was removed from.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

232 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13.6 Replacing the Table top Locking Mechanism

2
6
3

Figure 184: Locking device


1 Releasing bolt 4 Sprung folding bolt
2 Clevis 5 Cover cap
3 Fork 6 Rod

1. Remove the covering cap [5].


2. Remove the pin with the sprung folding bolt [4].
3. Turn clevis [2] out of the releasing bolt [1].
4. Unscrew the fork [3] from the rod [6].
5. Replace the defective parts.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 233


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13.7 Table/Column Changeover Switch

1 2 3 4

5
6 3

Figure 185: Table/column changeover switch


1 Spring core 4 Lever arm
2 Compression spring 5 Allen screw
3 Cross shaft 6 Covering cap

1. Remove the covering cap [6].


2. Grip the spring core [1] together with the compression spring [2] and pull it out with the
spring pressed together.
3. Unscrew the allen screw [5].

NOTE!
Grip the spring core [1] together with the compression spring [2] and, with
the compression spring [2] pressed together, first slot it into lever arm [4]
and then into the recess.

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

234 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13.8 Replacing the Hydraulic Lifting Unit (Shuttle 3)


NOTE!
Put a support underneath to avoid scratching the shuttle.

1. Move the shuttle to the upper end position.

5
1
6

7
3
4 8
9
Figure 186: Hydraulic lifting unit
1 Screw 6 Cladding
2 Hydraulic lifting unit 7 Slotted holder
3 Countersunk screw 8 Holder
4 Pump lever 9 Cylinder pin
5 Countersunk screw

2. Screw out the 11 countersunk screws [5].


3. Remove the cladding [6].
4. Loosen screw [1] to obtain access to the piston rod.
5. Remove the cylinder pin [9].
6. Pull off the pump lever [4].
7. ATTENTION!
Do not separate the upper and lower parts of the shuttle.

Brake the shuttle and lay it on its side.


8. Unscrew the countersunk screws [3] on both sides of the hydraulic lifting unit [2].
9. Remove the slotted holder [7].
10. Dismount the hydraulic lifting unit [2].
11. Remove the holder [8] and insert it on the new pump.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 235


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

236 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13.9 Bowden Cable (Shuttles 2 and 3)


1. Transfer the table top onto the column and bring the shuttle’s Trendelenburg setting
into the zero position. Raise the shuttle into its highest position (shuttle 3 only).

1 2 7 3 4 5 6 5 4 9 8 1 0 1 1 1 2

1 6 1 5
1 3
1 4
4
5
6

Figure 187: Bowden Cable


1 Push joint 9 Pin
2 Spring (1 x for shuttle 2; 1½ x for shuttle 3) 10 Spring
3 Screw plug 11 Bolt
4 Lock nut 12 Locking bolt
5 Adjusting screw 13 Screw
6 Bowden cable 14 Cover
7 Sleeve (shuttle 3 only) 15 Screw
8 Holder 16 Release lever

2. Remove screw [13] and then the cover [14].


3. Loosen the lock nuts [4] and tension the bowden cable [6] at both ends by screwing out
the adjusting screws [5] until the bolt [11] lies against the stop of the holder [8].
4. Loosen screw [15] and slide the complete holder [8] backwards out of the guide
(mind. the release lever [16]).
5. Slacken the bowden cable [6] (screw the adjusting screws [5] in).
6. Loosen screw plug [3] and remove the complete bowden cable unit from the foot of the
shuttle.
7. Unhook the lower end of the bowden cable [6].
8. Remove bolt [11] with a pair of pliers or similar tool.
9. Locking bolt [12] can now be slid out of the holder [8] in order to unhook the upper
end of the bowden cable [6].

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 237


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order, observing the following instructions:
• Ensure that the bowden cable [6] is inserted the correct way round (short end up, long
end down).
• Screws [5] must be adjusted to ensure that there is a safe takeover release by the initiator
plate in the zero position, and that the initiator plate is securely blocked when the shuttle
is in the Trendelenburg or anti-Trendelenburg position.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

238 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

13.10 Drive (Shuttles 2 and 3)


1. Transfer the table top onto the column and bring the shuttle’s Trendelenburg setting
into the zero position. Raise the shuttle into its highest position (shuttle 3 only).
2. Loosen screw plug (Figure 187: [3]) and remove the complete bowden cable unit from
the foot of the shuttle.

1
2
5

8
3

4
7
6
Figure 188: Drive
1 M5 or M6 screw 5 Holder
2 Retaining ring 6 Axle
3 Retainer 7 Retaining ring
4 M5 screw 8 Adjusting screw

3. Remove retaining ring [7] and remove the axle [6] from the guide (take the load off the
shuttle fork while doing so).
4. Loosen the screws [1] of the drive holder (shuttle 2: 2x M6; shuttle 3: 6x M5).
5. Remove the drive from the holder.
6. Use the holder [5] for the new drive (remove retaining ring [2] and remove holder).

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 239


Repair Instructions Shuttle 1, 2, 3

Reassembly:
Reassemble in the reverse order observing the following instructions:
• To adjust the new drive, first completely install it, bring the shuttle into the zero position,
and check that the fork is in a horizontal position with a spirit level (ensure that the floor
is level).
Remove the screw [4], retainer [3] and the axle [6], and align the zero position by turning
the lower suspension.
• The bowden cable must be adjusted with the screws [8] so that there is a safe takeover
release by the initiator plate in the zero position, and that the initiator plate is securely
blocked when the shuttle is in the Trendelenburg or anti-Trendelenburg position.

TEST!
Perform a functional test.

240 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendices

14 Appendices
Operating Instructions in brief...................................A
Fault Tracing Guide ................................................. B
Technical Support ................................................... C
Test Programs......................................................... D
PC Service Program ................................................. E
Circuit Diagrams ..................................................... F
Overview of Fuses .................................................. G
Maintenance Work ................................................. H
Spare parts SM/SF column ........................................ I
Spare parts GM table top ..........................................J
Spare parts Shuttle 1, 2, 3 ........................................K
Status and Error Messages........................................ L
Operation and power supply ................................... M
Second-hand parts.................................................. N

Abbreviations Used
BS ..........................................................Back section
FC.........................................................Fixed column
IR ..................................................................Infrared
LD ...................................... Longitudinal displacement
LED ............................................. Light emitting diode
LS.............................................................Leg section
MC .................................................... Mobile column
MCtrl.................................................... Motor control
PC................................................. Personal computer
PCB.............................................Printed circuit board
PP ........................................................... Power pack
SP ....................................... Spare parts, held in stock
TT .............................................................. Table top
UEB.............................................. Handover/takeover

Service Manual 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendices

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix A

Operation Instruction in brief JUPITER

K u r z Operating
g e b r a u c h s a n w Instructions
e is u n g O p e r in
a t i o brief
n in s tr u c tio n in b r ie f M o d e d 'e m p l o i a b r é g é In s tr u c c io n e s d e u s o e n b r e v e

2 x
1 . O N JU
P I
T E R

J U P IT E R

T E R
P I
JU

2 .

J U P IT E R

3 .
J U P IT E R

J U P IT E R

J U P IT E R

E R
P IT
JU

J U P IT E R

J U P IT E R
JU
P IT
E R

G e b r a u c h s a n w e is u n g b e a c h te n !
R e fe r to o p e r a tin g m a n u a l!
V o ir le s in s tr u c tio n s d e s e r v ic e ! J U P IT E R
V é a s e in s tr u c c io n e s d e u so ! 4 9 0 0 3 5 4 - 0 9 / 0 0

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 A1


Appendix A

Operation Instruction in brief JUPITER

1 . 1 . 1 . 1 .

2 . 2 . 2 . 2 .

3 . 3 . 3 .

2 . 1 .

1 .
2 .
3 .

1 .

4 . 3 .
2 .

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 A2


Appendix A

Operation Instruction in brief Shuttle 1, 2, 3

K u r z g e b r a u c h s a n w e is u n g O p e r a tio n in s tr u c tio n in b r ie f M o d e d 'e m p l o i a b r é g é In s tr u c c io n e s d e u s o e n b r e v e

S h u ttle 1 S h u ttle 2 S h u ttle 3


1 . 1 .

2 . 1 2 . 1
2 2

1
2 2 1
B L A N C O

G e b r a u c h s a n w e is u n g b e a c h te n !
R e fe r to o p e r a tin g m a n u a l!
V o ir le s in s tr u c tio n s d e s e r v ic e ! S h u ttle 1 , S h u ttle 2 , S h u ttle 3
V é a s e in s tr u c c io n e s d e u so ! 4 9 0 0 3 5 9 - 0 9 / 0 0

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 A3


Appendix A

Operation Instruction in brief Shuttle 1, 2, 3

1 . 1 . 1 .

2 . 2 . 2 .

3 . 3 . 3 .

4 . J U P IT E R
4 . 4 . J U P IT E R

J U P IT E R

5 . 5 . 5 .

6 . 6 . J U P IT E R
6 .
J U P IT E R

J U P IT E R

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 A4


Appendix B

Fault Tracing to the JUPITER Operating Table


Note:
Before searching for faults, the device must be separated from the mains supply and
switched off at the remote control by pressing the Shift and Zero keys simultaneously. Then
switch the device on again and return the functions to zero as follows:
• Move the longitudinal displacement, and back sections and leg sections across zero.
• Move lift, tilting and Trendelenburg slightly.
• Press the Zero key.

SF and SM Column Functions

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
No main lift Does the Yes Toothed belt Replace toothed
motor run? (column defective or too belt or tighten it
subsided, loose
additional lift
possible)
No Motor fault Test all motor Correct
(additional lift parameters with an parameters,
possible) external PC possibly replace
motor
End switch Unclip from motor Replace switch
always open and test or cable, adjust
switch setting
Cabling to the lift Cabling from
motor MCtrl to lift
motor defective
No Fuse F1 on Remove fuse Replace
(no additional operating to test it defective fuse
lift possible) computer with one of the
same type
Operating Replace
computer operating
defective computer
Cabling from Replace
operating defective cable
computer to
MCtrl and
main lift
Main lift only in Test end No End switch Unclip from motor Replace switch
one direction switch in non- transmission always open and test or cable, adjust
functioning switch setting
direction

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 B1


Appendix B

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
Main lift does Test end Always End switch Unclip from motor Replace switch
not stop at the switch transmission always closed and test or cable, adjust
end of a function switch setting
Incorrect Does the Yes Toothed belt Replace toothed
movement and/ motor of the defective (belt belt
or incorrect or retarded drive disk on motor
no tilting/ run still turns)
Trendelenburg
Gearbox (belt Replace motor
movement with
disk stands still)
additional lift
No Motor defective Detect detective Replace element
Cabling element by
MCtrl exchanging
components
Spindle stuck Test drive end Free the spindle
switch, pay from the position
attention to an in which it has
attempt to start the stuck
motor
No additional lift Test LED 4x in Flickers or Defective MCtrl Replace MCtrl
and/or only one MCtrl does not light
direction up
possible
Unclip and No End switch Replace switch
test the end transmission always open or cable, adjust
switch above switch setting
the additional
Switch in MCtrl defective Replace MCtrl
lift-spindles of
working order
the MCtrl
(not in the
end position)
Test Namur Always Sensor Unclip sensor and Replace sensor
sensors for activated test it or cable, adjust
zero position sensor setting
(not in the end
Sensor in MCtrl defective Replace MCtrl
position)
working order
Test end Always End switch Replace end
switch above transmission always closed switch
main lift
Switch in MCtrl defective Test switch plate Replace MCtrl
working order or gap to switch gap or adjust switch
plate too large plate gap
Tilting/ Test Inclination Inclination Replace
Trendelenburg inclination sensor outside sensor defective inclination
only can only be sensor with its value range sensor
moved with the external PC
zero key and
only in the zero
direction

B2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix B

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
Tilting is limited Test Out of range Column is not Column must Adjust or replace
to ca. 10° inclination standing stand on a level inclination
LED D15 flashes sensor with vertically, long- surface sensor
test program term drift or
point 4 defective
(if possible inclination
test with sensor
external PC,
Within range MCtrl position Zeroing and Only replace
display values
lost repeated operation MCtrl if this
of MCtrl and
of the tilting/ occurs
inclination
Trendelenburg repeatedly
sensor)
movements
No tilting/ Test wedge Sensor does Catch not Shake TT
Trendelenburg locking with not switch latched in
adjustment test program
Sensor defective Check cabling and Replace sensor
possible point 2
sensor, test with
voltmeter
Test TT Reed switch Reed switch Test with external If the Reed
presence with does not defective magnet switch does not
test program switch switch, replace
point 2 operating
computer
Magnet not Use magnet
present
Test LED 4x in Flickers or defective MCtrl Replace MCtrl
MCtrl does not light
up
No operation via Is operating Yes Operating Replace
column membrane membrane operating
operation plugged in? defective membrane
possible
Distributor board Replace
defective distributor board
Cabling to Test cabling Cabling replace
operating integrity
computer
defective
Operating Replace
computer operating
defective computer
No Make
connection

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 B3


Appendix B

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
No operation via Test LEDs on No display Battery flat or Test battery voltage Recharge or
IR possible IR remote when key defective under load replace battery
control pressed
Operating Make
membrane not connection or
plugged in or replace
defective operating
membrane
CB defective Replace CB
EPROM out of its Plug EPROM in
slot
Green LED Distance too Reduce distance
lights up when great
key pressed
IR code IR code on remote Change IR code
incorrectly set control must be if necessary
same as that on
operating
computer (see
label on foot of
column)
Remote control Replace CB
CB defective
Green and red Battery flat Recharge battery
LEDs light up
when key
pressed
Limited Remove IR Localisation of Receiver Replace receiver
operation via IR receivers defective defective
possible alternately receiver or
Operating Replace
and operate input on
computer operating
with IR remote operating
defective computer
control computer

B4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix B

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
No operation via Is operating Yes Cable and plug Test integrity of Replace cable or
cable-remote membrane defective cable and plug plug
control possible plugged in?
Remote control Test integrity of Replace element
socket and cabling and socket
cabling defective
EPROM out of its Plug EPROM in
slot
Remote control Replace
operating operating
membrane membrane
defective
Remote control Replace CB
CB defective
Operating Replace
computer operating
defective computer
No Make
connection
No acoustic Test signals Signals present CB adapter LS Replace CB
signals for LS 1/2 to 1/2 defective adapter
CB adapter
Signals not Cable Test integrity of Replace cable
present cable
Operating Test Signals to Replace
computer operating operating
computer X2 computer
Creaking during Check No lubricant Lubricate
additional lift additional lift spindles
movement spindles (only use
recommended
lubricants)
Column wobbles Check rubber Rubber foot Screw rubber
feet loose or missing foot tight or
renew

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 B5


Appendix B

Only for SF Column


Cause of Further Test
Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
Brake can Check pedal In order Gear shifting Pay attention to Adjust gear
neither be height gate defective gear change noises shifting gate or
applied nor replace brake
released
Too low (no Pin sheared off Insert new pin or
free movement) or pedal bent replace pedal
Column can Is the braking Yes Brake lining Readjust brake
be turned force greater worn
even when when the pedal
No Brake defective Replace brake
braked is pressed
down?
Column Is the brake Yes Bearing stuck Clean or replace
remains truss bar stuck? bearing
immovable
No Linings stuck Knock brake
when brake
truss bar
is released
downwards
Column Bearing Tighten screws
wobbles in defective or or replace
relation to flange screws bearing
floor loose
Fluid leaks Seal worn or Replace seal
out of the defective
foot of the
column after
several
revolutions

B6 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix B

GM/RY Table top Functions

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
Leg sections Are the Yes Independent Remove
cannot be elements movement is not elements
moved plugged in on possible with
indepen- the leg section one-piece
dently side? elements
Check if head Incorrect head LS is controlled Switch over
end is correctly end set as BS
set on column
Test with test Sensor is Sensor active Unclip sensor from Replace sensor if
program point indicated as without actuation motor and test it defective,
2 without active otherwise
one-piece TT replace motor
segment
Not possible Test whether Running noise Planetary gear Replace motor
to adjust a motor runs audible defective
spar drive (running noise)
Test operating Operating Motor fault Test all motor Correct
voltage and voltage and parameters from an parameters,
k-line at the k-line present external PC possibly replace
drive, test when key motor
contact points pressed
Operating Cabling fault Replace
voltage and defective
k-line not element
present when
key pressed
No section Test shuttle Sensor always Sensor defective Replace sensor
function presence on
sensor with test
program
point 2
Test wedge- Sensor does Catch not Shake TT
locking with test not switch latched in
program point
Sensor defective Check cabling and Replace sensor
2
sensor, test with
voltmeter
Test TT Reed switch Reed switch Test with external Replace
presence with does not switch defective magnet and with operating
test program test program computer if the
point 2 point 2 Reed switch does
not switch
Magnet not Put magnet in
present

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 B7


Appendix B

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
Test operating Operating Distributor CB, Replace
voltage and voltage and fuse or cabling defective
k-line to k-line present defective element
contact plate
Operating Interface in Cable, soldered Replace
voltage and/or column joints, screw defective
k-line not connection, element
present CB contact pins
Contact Clean
problems
Operating Replace
computer
defective
Test LD motor Not accessible Motor Replace LD
with external electronics motor
PC defective
No LD Is OR-adapter Yes LD with Remove
adjustment plugged in? OR-adapter not OR-adapter
possible
Test OR-sensor Sensor is Sensor or motor Test sensor, unclip Replace sensor if
with test indicated as defective from motor and test defective,
program active again otherwise
point 2 replace motor
Motor runs Yes Toothed belt Replace toothed
defective or too belt or tighten it
loose
Toothed belt- Re-glue belt disk
disk is loose on
motor shaft
No Motor fault Test all motor Correct
parameters with parameters,
external PC possibly replace
motor
Section Longitudinal LD is in the Change position
segment displacement range of the of longitudinal
cannot be position angle limitation displacement
moved of the non-
downwards adjustable
element

B8 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix B

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
Section Test voltage at Voltage out of Motor Test motor Correct
segment and reference and range electronics parameters with parameters,
LD can only end position defective external PC replace motor
be moved in sensors ca. 2.5 REFLIM = 850
one direction V non-actuated POSMIN = -30000
ca. 4.0 V POSMAX = 30000
actuated
Sensor defective Replace sensor
Green LED Flashes Motor position Move all
D15 display lost TT functions
across zero
Section Check switch In order Sensor or motor Test sensor, unclip Replace sensor if
segment or gap and defective from motor and test defective,
LD pass end mechanical again otherwise
switch condition replace motor
Section Test section Lights up Reed switch Test with external Replace Reed
segments end position always on at PC program switch
only move D11 with test operating
jerkily program computer
point 2
Does not light TT variables not Set TT variables
up set correctly in the motors
according to
TT type
Play in Remove Advance Tighten and
TT joints too gearbox, check threaded ring secure advance
great advance loose threaded ring
threaded ring
Advance Gearbox worn Replace gearbox
threaded ring (possibly turn
tight worm gears 180
degrees)
Gear clutch Check Disc springs Replace springs
does not condition of worn
disengage disk springs
when the
cam lever is
opened
Play in gear Function Readjust with
clutch elements worn shim disks or
present replace element

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 B9


Appendix B

Handover Function

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
No move to Test functions Sensors OK Switch gap too Check switch gap Readjust screw
zero with the of Namur large between sensor and or sensor
additional lift sensors with PC screw If necessary free
Trendelen- program and spindle if it has
burg, tilting actuate jammed
manually
No function Sensor or Unclip sensor and Replace sensor
evaluation test it or MCtrl
electronics in the
MCtrl defective
Main lift does Test Namur Sensor OK Switch gap too Check switch gap Readjust sensor
not find zero sensor function great between sensor and
without TT for main lift plate
zero position
No function Sensor or Unclip sensor and Replace sensor
evaluation test it or evaluation
electronics on lift electronics on lift
motor defective motor
Main lift does Test end switch Always End switch Replace end
not find zero above main lift transmission always closed switch
with TT
Switch in MCtrl defective Test switch plate Replace MCtrl or
working order or gap to switch gap adjust switch
plate too large plate gap
Section Check voltage Voltage out of Motor Test motor Correct
segment at reference range electronics parameters with parameters,
moves and end defective external PC replace motor
through position sensors REFLIM = 850
horizontal ca. 2.5 V non- POSMIN = -30000
position actuated POSMAX = 30000
segment ca. 4.0 V
Sensor defective Replace sensor
angled actuated
downwards
or upwards
does not
move into the
horizontal
position
Table top LD Test voltage at Voltage out of Motor Test motor Correct
does not reference range electronics parameters with an parameters,
move to zero sensor defective external PC replace motor
ca. 2.5 V non- REFLIM = 850
actuated
Sensor defective Replace sensor
ca. 4.0 V
actuated Voltage OK Switch gap too Adjust sensor
great

B10 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix B

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
No takeover Test the sensors Indicator on Sensor defective Cancel parallel Replace sensor
possible with test operating switching of
(table in zero program membrane on UEB1/2 head end
LED D15 point 2 column does foot end at the plug
green lights not follow (black cable) and
up) actuation test again
Test shuttle zero Zero position No zero position Set shuttle to
position (only not reached zero
shuttles 2 (metal plate for
Set bowden Adjust if
and 3) takeover
cable necessary
sensor
blocked) Blocking Test bowden cable, Replace
mechanism ball defective
defective element
Condition of Check position and Replace
actuation plate levelness defective
element
Test plate for No indication Plate bent or gap Check distance Readjust or
presence for presence too great between plates replace plate
sensor on sensor
shuttle
Check height of Shuttle low Shuttle low or Pump shuttle Replace
shuttle (only hydraulic pump upwards and test hydraulic pump
shuttle 3) defective hydraulic pump
under load

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 B11


Appendix B

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
Column Test presence Presence exists UEB2 defective Cancel parallel Replace sensor
cannot be with test switching of UEB2
lowered program (lower) head end
(column is point 2 foot end at the plug
switched on) (black cable) and
test separately
Stops after short Cancel parallel Replace UEB1
approach: UEB1 switching of UEB1
defective (upper) head end
foot end at the plug
(black cable) and
test separately
Operating error: Lower column
height of shuttle with shuttle 3
3 changed after
takeover
Presence does Presence sensor Replace sensor
not exist defective
Plate bent or gap Readjust or
too great replace plate
Column has Cancel parallel Replace sensor
been moved into switching of UEB1
a position which (upper) head end
is too high foot end at the plug
(black cable) and
test separately
Column is Check column Column or Rubber feet Replace rubber
lifted and column column head damaged feet
although the head with spirit not vertical
Additional lift Test additional lift Adjust column
TT is set for a level
sensors sensor with gauges head with sensor
shuttle
incorrectly 1, 2, 3 setting
adjusted

B12 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix B

Power Supply

Cause of Further Test


Fault Test Point Result Action
Fault Points
Column Plug PP into Column Battery charging, Check batteries Recharge or
cannot be column and switches on defective replace batteries
switched on connect with
Cabling to Test cabling Replace
with green mains
membrane defective
key
element
Operating Test signals to Replace
computer operating computer operating
computer
Column does Operating Replace
not switch on computer operating
computer
Battery Plug PP into All LEDs on PP Battery status Test battery Replace batteries
indicator column and light up
Charging cable Test integrity Replace
shows flat, connect with
charging cable
despite mains
regular Operating Test charging Replace
charging computer fuse current fuse operating
computer or fuse
Column head Test integrity Replace unit
connecting
socket
No LED lights PP, primary fuses Replace fuses
up
Only green LED Charging cable Test integrity Replace
on, one or both charging cable
orange LEDs off
Secondary fuses Test PP fuses Replace fuses
Column head Test integrity Replace unit
connecting
socket
Direct Plug PP into Only one or no Secondary fuses Test PP fuses Replace fuses
operation not column and orange LEDs on
possible with connect to
All LEDs at PP Charging cable Test integrity Replace
PP mains
on charging cable
Column head Test integrity Replace unit
connecting
socket

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 B13


Appendix B

B14 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix C

Explanation of the Operating States

On Standby Off
Operating computer and Operating computer and Everything off
motors on (arrow keys lit) motors off (arrow keys unlit)
300 mA (without movement) 65 mA 500 µA
For operating same behavior (time delay with standby) On only with the green key

5 min 3 h column only


Technical Support

10 h column and TP

5 min handover and SF column

Any operation

Power off (manual)

Power off (manual)

Green key/operating voltage

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 C1


Appendix C

Explanation of the Visual and Acoustic Signals

Visual error signals

• Flashes for:
- Difference in inclination measurement (sensor and software) greater than
5 degrees
- Lost positions in the drive

• Flash alternately if pl_n (table top position normal sensor) and pl_g (table top
position reversed sensor) are actuated simultaneously.

• Flash simultaneously if the table top is not locked (wedge sensor not
active).

Acoustic signals
• Short beep (1x) for information (e. g. end position)
• Short beep (2x) for confirmations (e. g. zero position reached)
• Long beep for errors
• Intermittent beep for:
- Missing LD zero with mechanical desktop (pl_e not active)
- Table top drives moving against each other
- An attempted movement after the table top drives have lost position (against zero)

C2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix C

Explaining the Basic Circuit Diagram: Electronics

Column head
Inclination sensor Wedge sensor

Takeover sensor Table top sensor

Presence sensor Operating I2C Motor K-Line


computer computer
IR receiver

Column keypad

Interface socket
485 232
Column
Addr.11
Motor control
addresses
8 7 9
Man. operation

Foot control

Lift
PC (232)

Addr.10
Column head
TR
TL
Tr

contact plate

Table top

Addr. 5 Addr. 4
(right LS) (right BS)
Addr. 6
(LD)
Addr. 3 Addr. 2
(left LS) (left BS)

Socket for additional


Single motor sensors electrical components
(max. two drives) or
REF Extra section control unit
END Addr.13
(right)
SCU
(left)
Addr.12
Add.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 C3


Appendix C

Explaining the Power Supply and Charging Activity

Power Column
pack
Charging
48 V/1 A Charging current 48 V/1 A
controller
LED
LED orange orange
(left)

Battery
40 V/10 A Power supply 40 V/10 A
(36 V)
LED
red
LED orange
(right)
LED
green

Power supply
Mains (220 V) operating table

LED green

LEDs orange (PP)


• on if the charging cable is plugged in (charging current and power supply on)

LED green (PP)


• on if the mains is connected

LED red (column)


• off when batteries fully charged
• on if battery has less than 35.5 V
• flashes if battery has less than 32 V

LED orange (column)


• off if no charging current flows
• on if charging current > 155 mA
• flashes if charging current < 155 mA
• 1 s on 9 s off, if charging takes more than 10 hours

LED green (column)


• on if power supply present

C4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix C

Explaining the Battery Charge Indicator LED (red)

U
[V]
LED off, function normal
35.5

LED lit
function normal
LED lit
34.0 single beep
function normal
∆U

32.0

LED flashes, single beep, motors blocked (takeover can be completed).


Column switches itself off after 30 seconds.
30.0

Column switches off

When batteries discharging

When batteries charging

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 C5


Appendix C

Explaining the Angle-Limiting Monitoring of the Tilt and Trendelenburg

Inclination sensor Motor software


ellipse F E ellipse

B A

Y
C D
G H

X Trendelenburg axis in degrees


Y Tilting axis in degrees
A, B, C, D Free range for Trendelenburg and tilting
F, G Blocked ranges for Trendelenburg and tilting (blocked by software)
E, H Blocked ranges for Trendelenburg and tilting (blocked by inclination sensor)

If the difference between the angular values of the motor control and those of the inclination
sensor is greather than 5 degrees, then the tilting function is restricted by10 degrees both
to the left and to the right. This serves to protect the mechanics.
Normally, the two ellipses lie exactly over each other. In this case there are no limitations
on the range of the tilting and Trendelenburg movements. Both movements can be utilised
throughout their full ranges (tilting 25 degrees, Trendelenburg 40 degrees).
If the angular values of the inclination sensor lies outside the predefined range, then the
tilting and Trendelenburg can only move in the direction of the zero position, a takeover is
also possible.

C6 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix C

Explanation of how the Table top is Switched on after a Takeover


If the column and table top are directly interconnected, the high current flow (caused by the
empty capacitors of the table top motors) leads to a drop in the operating voltage, and this
in turn leads to position losses. Therefore the column and the table top are interconnected
as shown below.

Table top

t
U

Column

1 2 3 4 5 6

Presence exists, UEB 1 and 2 actuated


1
Takeover takes place
Section orientation detected, wedge sensor active
2
Presence no longer actuated, column motors switched off
Operating voltage to the column motors is switched off
3
(capacitors are discharged)
Column and table top are connected
4
Operating voltage for column and table top motors are switched on
Column and table top stand under operating voltage
5
Interrogation from M6 (GM) or M3 (RY)
If no M6 or M3 is found on the table top, the operating voltage to the
6
table top is switched off (mechanical table top)

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 C7


Appendix C

Explaining the Reed Contacts in the Column Head

Charging socket

pl_e pl_n

Column head

pl_g pl_e

485/232 socket

pl_e LD zero for the table top without electrical LD


pl_n normal section position
pl_g reversed section position

The Reed contact reacts to permanent magnets which are glued into the underside of the
table top.

C8 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix C

Explaining the Function of the Table top Sensors

End sensor

Ref. sensor

Lower end position by Zero position by Upper end position by


end sensor high and switching end sensor high and
reference sensor low reference sensor reference sensor high

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 C9


Appendix C

Explaining the Motor Position Memory

EEPROM RAM

Valid Switch on procedure Valid

Normal
switching
on and off Invalid
procedure

Valid Storage signal Valid

Switching on Valid Switch on procedure Valid


procedure
with voltage
breakdown
Invalid

Valid Voltage breakdown

Error message
Invalid Switch on procedure Invalid
(flashing zero)

Switching on
without
previously Invalid
stored positions

Valid Storage signal Valid Position OK

C10 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix D

Test Programs
ATTENTION!
Danger of property damage!
The monitoring functions are switched off when the test program starts, and
incorrect operation can lead to the destruction of the device!
The column contacts are electrically live during the testing even if the section
has not been attached.

01 02

03 04

05 06

07 08

09 10

11 12

13 14

15 16

17 18

19 20

Key code for accessing the test programs:


- Tilting/right [16]
- Trendelenburg [11]
- Lower column [14]
- Anti-Trendelenburg [12]
- Tilting/left [15]

Operation:
Enter the key code on the IR or cable remote control in the given order and within 5 seconds.
If this is successful, both direction indicators on the membrane keypad of the column flash
in unison.
Then select the test program with the keys [1] – [4].
The program number is confirmed by the corresponding number of beeps.
Exit the test program with the Zero key [19].
Return to the main program with the Shift key [20].

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 D1


Appendix D

Test Program 1 - Testing the movement function


ATTENTION!
Danger of property damage!
The movement functions are executed irrespective of the possible positions.

All the movement functions are possible. However, take note of the following instructions:
• The functions: lifting, tilting and Trendelenburg are executed irrespective of the presence
sensor’s transporter, the section orientation, the takeover sensor, the inclination sensor
and the wedge locking.
• The leg and back section functions move irrespective of the position of the longitudinal
displacement.
• The longitudinal displacement function moves irrespective of the positions of the back
and leg sections.
• The battery charging current is switched off.
• The head section contacts are always electrically live.

D2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix D

Test Program 2 - Sensor test


The following sensors are tested:
• Transporter presence sensor
• Takeover sensors 1 and 2
• Section direction sensor
• Section end sensor
• Wedge locking sensor
• Accessory module on leg section
• Accessory module longitudinal displacement
If a sensor is actuated, the corresponding LED lights up on the membrane keypad of the
column.
Membrane keypad on the column:

Section position, normal Section position, reversed

OR-adapter Lights up when one Wedge sensor


section end position or more drives do presence
not respond
Leg section, left Leg section, right
takeover sensor, upper takeover sensor, lower

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 D3


Appendix D

Test Program 3 - Individual drives


ATTENTION!
Danger of property damage!
The motors travel to the hardware end switch.
Improper operation can lead to a crash or the destruction of the device.

IR remote control

Motor selection

Up/down

back section-left leg section-left

back section-right leg section-right

longitudinal displacement Trendelenburg

tilting-left tilting-right

lifting additional lifting

accessory motors-left accessory motors-right

motors up motors down

leave test program return to main menu

D4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix D

Membrane keypad on column

LED 1 LED 2

LED 3 LED 4

LED 1 = LED 2 = LED 3 = LED 4 = Motor Key on


Motor
20 21 22 23 address IR-F

x 2 back left 1
x x 3 legs left 2

x 4 back right 3

x x 5 legs right 4
x x 6 displacement 5

x x x 7 Trendelenburg 6

x 8 tilting left 7

x x 9 tilting right 8

x x 10 main lift 9

x x x 11 column motors 10

x x 12 accessory_1 11

x x x 13 accessory_2 12

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 D5


Appendix D

Test Program 4 - Sensor test/Level


Membrane keypad on the column:

LED 1 LED 6

LED 2 LED 3 LED 4 LED 5

Trendelenburg
Alignment X LED 1 LED 2 LED 3
Values in degrees

-2 x

-1 x x
0 x

1 x x

2 x

Tilting
Alignment Y LED 4 LED 5 LED 6
Values in degrees

-2 x

-1 x x

0 x

1 x x

2 x

D6 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix E

Explaining the Sensor Menu

Table top status


Patient reversed
Reed sensors Table top rotated
1 - LD end (mech.) Single leg allowed
2 - Section position (normal) PC Service Program Legs without add. mod.
3 - Section position (reversed) Mechanical table top
4 - LD end (mech.) Electrical table top
OR-adapter
Battery voltage
Jumper 1 perm. mount
Charging current Jumper 2-4 are free

Motor current Sensors for:


Presence
Trendelenburg Transfer 1
inclination sensor Transfer 2
(Free)
Tilt inclination sensor Wedge sensor

Power on Software versions of


operating computer and
motor computer

Permanent read all Read Perm. read motor current Table top type Serial no.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E1


Appendix E

Explaining the Motor Menu Driving

ATTENTION!
Risk of property damage!
Be careful when traversing the individual back section motors and the motors 7, 8 and 9.

Single motor

Positive direction of Movement


Position difference
movement Temperature error
Software limit 1
Software limit 0
Negative direction of Additional module
movement Brake
(Free)
Reference position
Speed Reference position error
Upper end switch *
(Free)
Test mode on/off Lower end switch *
End switch error
Position memory error
Number of test runs Hardware error

Motor control
Delay time/seconds
No longer used
End of ellipse
Motor position End switch limit
Zero position
Zero position of address 11
Current consumption of (Free)
motor Initialisation error address 7, 8, 9
(Free)
Motor or address selection Status (hexadecimal) Temperature error
Reference position
Reference position error
Additional lift, upper end
* For lifting motor (no. 10):
Additional lift, lower end
limit 0 = Upper end switch and (Free)
limit 1 = Lower end switch (Free)
(Free)

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E2


Appendix E

Explaining the Motor Parameter Menu

Maximum position Motor or address


Maximum current deviation Speed selection
Motor displays

Movement
Proportional control Position difference
parameter Temperature error
Software limit 1
Software limit 0
Integral control Additional module
parameter Brake
(Free)
Reference position
Time factor Reference position error
Upper end switch
Max. end position (Free)
Lower end switch
End switch error
Switching threshold Position memory error
Hardware error

Braking torque

Min. end position

Motor position Status (hexadecimal)

Table top variable Temperature

Writing

To read out all the Correction of the mechanical


motor parameters at the zero position of the individual
same time Reading TT motors (see options) Version

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E3


Appendix E

Explaining the Column Parameter Menu

Control parameter for


lifting column
No longer used
End of ellipses
Braking torque rotating left End switch limit
Zero position
Zero position of address 11
Braking torque rotating (Free)
right Initialisation error addr. 7, 8, 9
(Free)
Temperature error
Software position Reference position
Trendelenburg Reference position error
Additional lift, upper end
Additional lift. lower end
(Free)
Sensor switching threshold (Free)
(Free)

Braking torque motor


control

Software position tilting

Motor control software Status


Writing Reading version (hexadecimal)

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E4


Appendix E

Explaining the Motor Status Menu

Status of leg section motor


Positions of back section
motors
Main lift position

Positions of longitudinal
Status of lift motor
displacement motors

Additional lift status


Status of the single motors
in additional lift
Trendelenburg position

Tilting position

Status of back section and Reading Position of leg section Positions of the single
long. displacement motors motors motors in additional lift

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E5


Appendix E

Explaining the Bus-Scan Menu

Software version Software version


back sec. motor left Trendelenburg drive

Software version Software version


leg sec. motor left tilting drive left

Software version Software version


back sec. motor right tilting drive right

Software version Software version


leg sec. motor right motor control (Add. lift)

Software version Software version


long. displacement main lift

Interrogation results: Software version


electrical accessory left
14 - No motor
15 - Sender incorrect
16 - Parity error Software version
17 - Time exceeded data
electrical accessory right
18 - Check sum error Set motor address
19 - Receiving error Interrogate software (only one motor
20 - Motor reply error versions of motor may be connected)
>100 - Interrogation OK

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E6


Appendix E

Explaining the Command Menu

Command code

Parameter

Motor or address selection


Send code

Answer from
operating table

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E7


Appendix E

Explaining the EEPROM Menu

Working hours
(HH:MM:SS)
Miscellaneous Interrogate working
Miscellaneous hours
Add. element mixed
Add. element right Interrogate error memory
Add. element left
Zero
Flex/Antiflex
Tilting Delete error memory
Column lift
Trendelenburg
Long. displacement Delete working hours and
Back section error memory
Leg sections together
Leg section right
Leg section left Print/save window
Handover contents
Loaded
Total
Delete window contents

NOTE!
Evaluation of the EEPROMs with appendix M.

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E8


Appendix E

Explaining the Test Menu

Test mode on/off


LED test on/off
Test TT
Key test on/off
Delay time
Key code (sec between runs)

Interrogate IR code Delay on/off


column/IR code
Number of test runs
Beep 1 (zero)
Status window
Beep 2 (error) (display of individual test
steps)
Set clock from PC

Date and time

Read column clock

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E9


Appendix E

Explaining the Monitor Menu

Command entry field Send command Send values

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E10


Appendix E

Explaining the Final Testing Menu

Comments for final report

Table top serial no.

Column serial no.

Save TT-serial no. in the LD motor

Extra serial no.

Start/stop the current final test

Call report of current final test

Status window
Print current final test (display of individual test steps)

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E11


Appendix E

Explaining the Options Menu

The segments in the positive area


are included in the zeroing

Ref. stop for the leg and back


sections

Ref. stop for tilting and


Trendelenburg

Ref. stop for longitudinal


displacement

Ref. stop for transversal


displacement

Shuttle 1.5-3.5

Correction of the
mechanical zero position of
Set zero position the individual TT motors Read all options Set all options

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 E12


Appendix F

Circuit Diagrams

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 F1


Appendix F

F2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix F

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 F3


Appendix F

F4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix F

Pos. Item no. Description SP


10 4 220 710 Cable motor control Ub
20 4 220 711 Cable motor control K-line
30 4 220 712 Cable main lift motor
40 4 220 713 Cable accumulator connection
50 4 220 742 Signal transmitter
60 4 220 766 Connecting cable (short) - only JUPITER Universal
70 4 099 053 Fuse holder 5x20 mm, bayonet closure
80 4 099 054 Fuse 10 A delay-action 5x20 mm
90 4 221 058 Cable fuse-battery

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 F5


Appendix F

F6 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix G

Overview of Fuses
Operating Computer
TRUMPF no.: 4 144 703

No. Des. Rating Type Shape DIN/IEC

4 099 040 F1 10 A delay-action 6.3x32


4 099 049 F3 2.5 A delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-5
4 099 042 F4 630 mA delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-3
4 099 042 F5 630 mA delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-3
4 099 034 F6 400 mA delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-3

TRUMPF no.: 4 144 991

No. Des. Rating Type Shape DIN/IEC

4 099 054 F1 10 A delay-action 5x20


4 099 034 F2 400 mA delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-3
4 099 049 F3 2.5 A delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-5
4 099 042 F4 630 mA delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-3

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 G1


Appendix G

Power Pack
Mobile TRUMPF no.: 4 544 121/4 544 181
Fixed TRUMPF no.: 4 220 701

No. Des. Rating Type Shape DIN/IEC


F1 delay-action 5x20 IEC
4 099 044 230 V 4A 127-2-5
4 099 045 115 V 6.3 A
F2 delay-action 5x20 IEC
4 099 044 230 V 4A 127-2-5
4 099 045 115 V 6.3 A
4 099 040 F3 10 A delay-action 6.3x32
4 099 049 F4 2.5 A delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-5

Table top Distributor


TRUMPF no.: 4 144 707

No. Des. Rating Type Shape DIN/IEC

4 099 045 F1 6.3 A delay-action 5x20 IEC


127-2-5

Section Control Unit


TRUMPF no.: 4 544 148

No. Des. Rating Type Shape DIN/IEC

4 099 045 F1 6.3 A delay-action 5x20 IEC


127-2-5
4 099 042 F2 630 mA delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-3
4 099 042 F3 630 mA delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-3

G2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix G

Power Pack Section Control Component


TRUMPF no.: 4 544 149

No. Des. Rating Type Shape DIN/IEC


4 099 041 F1 1.6 A delay-action 5x20 IEC
127-2-5
4 099 046 F2 1.0 A delay-action 5x20 IEC
230 V 127-2-5
4 099 046 F3 1.0 A delay-action 5x20 IEC
230 V 127-2-5

Charging Unit of the IR Control


TRUMPF no.: 4 544 122/4 544 123/4 544 139

No. Des. Rating Type Shape DIN/IEC

4 099 052 F1 32 mA semi 5x20 DIN


delay-action 41571
4 099 048 F2 24 V 250 mA quick-brake 5x20 IEC
PP only 127-2-2

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 G3


Appendix G

G4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix H

Annual Maintenance Work: JUPITER System


SM and SF Columns
Before starting the maintenance work, lift the table top off the column with the shuttle and
separate it from the power supply. Raise the column into its highest position.

Actual Value/
No. Task Description Test Method Target Value/Display
Test Remark
1 Check the head covering visual no damage
2 Check the contact plate in the visual no contamination
head covering
3 Check the pictograms on the visual good recognisability
head covering
4 Check the contact condition and visual no contamination,
covers of NT socket and remote no charring
control socket
5 Check the potential equalisation visual no contamination,
plug on the NT socket no damage
6 Check the IR receiver visual no contaminations
7 Check the rubber bellows visual no damage
8 Check the cladding visual no damage
9 Check the membrane keypad visual no damage
10 Check the position and surface of visual no damage,
the takeover sensors and the tightly seated
presence sensor
11 Check the seal round the base visual no damage
plate
12 Check the potential equalisation visual moves easily and
contact in the base plate sufficient spring force,
no contamination
13 Check the functioning of all keys press key all keys function
reliably
14 Test the zero potential of the outer voltmeter no potential difference
contacts of the contact plate to between the contacts
the casing and the casing
(test program item 1)
15 Test the functions of all sensors magnet sensors switch reliably
(test program item 2)
16 Check the battery connections visual connection terminals
seated securely
17 Check all cables and lines visual no damage to the
(and behind the rubber bellows) cables and lines and
for chafing and crushing safely laid
(cable layout)
18 Lifting motor fixture shake tightly seated
19 Check the condition and tension visual no damage,
of the toothed belt of the lifting max. 5 mm inward play
motor

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 H1


Appendix H

Actual Value/
No. Task Description Test Method Target Value/Display
Test Remark
20 Grease the running surfaces on sufficient lubrication
the column telescope with spindle grease
21 Check the conditions and tension visual no damage,
of the toothed belts for the tilting max. 5 mm inward play
drives and Trendelenburg drive
22 Grease the tilting spindles and spindle grease sufficient lubrication
Trendelenburg spindle with spindle grease
23 Check that all mechanical visual cardans parallel,
elements are tightly seated suspensions fixed
(cardans and suspensions for securely
tilting drives and Trendelenburg
drive)
24 Check the function of the end visual switching point must be
switches for the lifting stroke in the 1st third of the
actuating diagonal
25 Test the function and switch gap feeler gauge switch gap
of the reference stroke 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
26 Check the function of the end visual switching point must be
switches of the tilting drives and in the 1st third of the
Trendelenburg drive actuating diagonal of
the stop nut
27 Test the functions of the end feeler gauge switch gap
switch gaps of the reference tilting 0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
and Trendelenburg drives
28 Test the switch and sensor settings gauges 1-3 gaps as per gauges
1-3

H2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix H

Additional Items for the SF Column


Actual Value/
No. Task description Test Method Target Value/Display
Test Remark
29 Test the brake spring balance reliable switching,
max. adjusting force,
unbreaked < 50 Nm
max. holding force,
braked > 450 Nm
30 Check the sunken base plate for visual no water leaking out
leaks after turning the
column several times, if
necessary, visual check
after dismounting the
column
31 Check the battery visual actuate additional lift
for at least 5 min
(without mains)

Power pack
Actual Value/
No. Task description Test method Target Value/Display
Test Remark
32 Check the mains line visual no damage
33 Check the connecting line to the visual no damage,
column and plug no charring
34 Check the socket in the power visual no damage,
pack no charring
35 Test the insulation between the circuit tester no continuity between
socket and the power pack casing and socket
36 Check the power supply from the visual on the power pack,
power pack only the green LED is
(connection to the mains, but no on
connection to the column)
37 Check the power pack visual all LEDs on the power
(connection made to the pack are on
operating table)

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 H3


Appendix H

IR Remote Control
Actual Value/
No. Task description Test Method Target Value/Display
Test Remark
38 Check the membrane keypad visual no damage
39 Check the suspension visual no damage,
tightly seated
40 Check the casing visual no damage
41 Check the seal visual no damage
42 Check the keys visual green LED on when
sending
43 Check the IR code pictogram visual easily recognisable
44 Check the EPROM visual seated securely
(Attention ESD)
45 Check the battery visual seated securely
46 Check the connections and visual reliable soldered joints
soldered joints of the battery and tight connection
cable

IR Power Pack
Actual Value/
No. Task description Test Method Target Value/Display
Test Remark
47 Check the casing visual no damage
48 Check the power cable visual no damage
49 Check the charging activity visual when the power supply
is on, the green LED on
the PP is on, when
using the remote
control, the orange
LED on the remote
control is on

H4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix H

Table top GM
Actual Value/
No. Task Description Test Method Target Value/Display
Test Remark
50 Check the pad visual no damage,
tightly seated
51 Check the connection plates visual no damage,
tightly seated
52 Check the standard rails visual no damage,
tightly seated
53 Check the contact pins visual move easily and
sufficient spring force,
no contamination
54 Functional test of all sensors magnet sensors switch reliably
(test program item 2)
55 Check the sensors (END, REF) of visual, no damage,
all motors by approaching the acoustic no contamination,
end or zero position seated tightly,
switch gap
0.2 mm ± 0.1 mm
56 Check all cables and lines for visual no damage to the
chafing and crushing cables and lines, and
(cable layout) safely laid
57 Check the condition and tension visual no damage,
of the toothed belt for the max. 5 mm inward play
LD-motor
58 Check the mechanical elements visual no damage,
(motor, gear, bevel wheels, tightly seated
pedestals)
59 Grease bevel wheels spindle grease sufficient lubrication
(reduces noise) with spindle grease
60 Check the locking catches in the visual move easily and
wedge holders sufficient spring force
61 Check the mechanical joints visual no play when in the
locked state,
sufficient spring force
and the safety catch
snaps in securely

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 H5


Appendix H

Testing with PC
Actual Value/
No. Task Description Test Method Target Value/Display
Test Remark
62 Read operating computer and PC current version
motor computer software
63 Read lifting motor software PC current version
64 Read motor control software PC current version
65 Read table top motors software PC current version
66 Read parameters of the column PC correct values
motors
67 Read the parameters of the table PC correct values
top motors
68 Check the operating computer PC correct time
clock
69 Check the IR codes of the column PC identical IR codes on
and remote control the labels on the foot of
the column and on the
remote control
70 Check all keys and displays on PC reliable functioning of
the membrane keypad all keys and displays
71 Check all the keys on the PC reliable function of all
IR remote control keys
72 Battery voltage PC UB > 36 V
(without charger)
73 Test the charging current PC ILmax = 1.2 A
may be less depending
upon the condition of
the batteries
74 Test the external operating PC display "Mains"
voltage
75 Test the sensors PC reliable switching of all
sensors
76 Test the buzzer PC signals are heard
clearly
77 Check and store error memory PC no unexplained errors
and operating hours
78 Adjust inclination sensor PC and test adjust zero position on
program item 4 a level floor
(record deviation)
79 Test completion PC file report

H6 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix H

Zero Potential
Actual Value/
No. Task Description Test Method Target Value/Display
Test remark
80 Test that the casing is at zero voltmeter no stable potential
potential difference between
contacts 1/ 2 and
casing

Safety Test as per IEC 601


Actual Value/
No. Task Description Test Method Target Value/Display
Test Remark
81 Check the protective conductor, visual no damage,
fuses, labels, connection lines, no contamination
etc.
82 Test the resistivity of the protective testing device < 0.2 Ω
conductor
83 Test the resistivity of the primary testing device > 2 MΩ
insulation
84 Test the earth leakage current testing device AC < 1 mA
(N interrupted)
85 Test the patient leakage testing device AC < 50 µA
(N interrupted)
86 Test the earth leakage current testing device AC < 0.5 mA
(normal conditions)
87 Test the casing leakage current testing device AC < 100 µA
(normal conditions)
88 Test the patient leakage current testing device AC < 10 µA
(normal conditions) DC < 10 µA
89 Test the casing leakage current testing device AC < 0.5 mA
(protective conductor interrupted)
90 Test the patient leakage current testing device AC < 50 µA
(protective conductor interrupted) DC < 50 µA
91 Test the earth leakage current testing device AC < 0.5 mA
(normal conditions, polarity
reversed)
92 Test the casing leakage current testing device AC < 0.1 mA
(normal conditions, polarity
reversed)
93 Test the patient leakage current testing device AC < 10 µA
(normal conditions, polarity DC < 10 µA
reversed)
94 Test the casing leakage current testing device AC < 0.5 mA
(protective conductor interrupted,
polarity reversed)
95 Test the patient leakage current testing device AC < 50 µA
(protective conductor interrupted, DC < 50 µA
polarity reversed)

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 H7


Appendix H

H8 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix I

Spare parts SM/SF column

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I1


Feet column SM

Feet column SM

16/2x

1
17/2x
18/2x

3/2x
2
4

7/7x 8/4x

9/4x

10
11
12
13/2x
14/20x
15/4x

I2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 220 519 Pot
2 4 144 739 Sealing X
3 4 081 015 Countersunk socket screw M4x8 DIN7991- A2
4 4 220 443 Cover
5 4 220 430 Ground plate
6 4 220 532 Rubber profile X
7 1 215 346 Cylinder head screw M8x30 DIN7984-A2
8 4 220 533 Print plate
9 4 220 534 Rubber foot X
10 4 121 031 Pressure spring
11 4 220 825 Spring cage X
12 4 220 829 Ring
13 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8 DIN912-A2
14 4 081 015 Countersunk socket screw M4x8 DIN7991-A2
15 1 215 411 Countersunk socket screw M6x10 DIN7991-A2
16 4 220 737 Sensor Transfer short X
17 4 220 738 Sensor Transfer long X
18 4 220 739 Sensor Presence X

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I3


Feet column SF

Feet column SF

12/2x

1
13/2x
14

5
6/8x

8/6x
9/6x

10

11/6x

I4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 220 519 Pot
2 4 144 739 Sealing X
3 4 220 770 Finishing plate
4 4 220 786 Brake rod
5 4129 009 Sliding ring flat IS 17
6 1 215 554 Parallel pin 8M6x20 1.4301 DIN7
7 4 220 771 Brake disc
8 4 144 756 Cover
9 1 215 348 Hexagon socket head cap screw M10x35 DIN7984-A2
10 4 144 751 Needle bearing
11 1 215 362 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x40 DIN7984-A2
12 4 220 737 Sensor Transfer short X
13 4 220 738 Sensor Transfer long X
14 4 220 739 Sensor de Presence X

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I5


Brake, column SF

1 Brake, column SF
2
3 7/3x
4

6 10
9

11
8
12
17
16
18
13
15/2x

22 19/2x
20
14
21

25 24 22

27/2x
25 14

23

26
28

29

33

31/2x

30

32

I6 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 1 215 443 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x8 DIN912-A2
2 1 215 507 Disc 5,3 DIN9021 A2
3 4 220 807 Bush teflon
4 4 220 781 Bearing block
5 1 215 358 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x16 1.4301 DIN912
6 4 220 808 Disc
7 4 081 015 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw
M4x8 DIN7991-A2
8 4 220 806 Pattern carrier
9 4 220 779 Star
10 4 220 778 Pattern
11 4 220 809 Pin
12 4 220 791 Pedal shaft
13 1 215 425 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw
M8x50 DIN7991-A2
14 4 220 795 Linkage
15 1 215 354 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x30 DIN912-A2
16 4 220 799 Transmission shaft
17 4 213 827 Bolt Ø 6x8
18 4 220 800 Release handle
19 4 081 090 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x60 DIN912-A2
20 4 121 106 Pressure spring
21 4 220 796 Bearing block
22 4 220 803 Collar bushing
23 4 220 797 Shaft
24 4 220 789 Bush
25 4 220 774 Crank pin
26 4 220 772 Crank
27 4 082 003 Hexagon nut M10x1 DIN934-A2
28 4 220 790 Thrust piece
29 4 220 798 Guide sleeve
30 4 144 753 Sealing rubber X
31 4 083 234 Parallel pin D6 M6x30 DIN7-A2
32 4 220 782 Foot pedal
33 4 081 110 Lens head screw M I6KT M4x8

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I7


Head

Head

31

32

2/8x

4/2x 3/5x 25
5
24
6/5x 27
8
26 24

14 9/5x

15/2x 11/5x
10/5x
12
16
13

17
22
28/2x 20/4x
19/10x 23

15/2x

18 16

21 14

29/6x

30/6x

I8 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 220 340 Head cover
2 4 081 110 Hexagon socket fillister head screw M4x8 ISO7380-A2
3 4 220 375 Bolt, long
4 4 220 540 Insulating foil X
5 4 220 374 Coupling
6 1 215 457 Hexagon nut M3
7 4 133 037 Pictogram manual operation X
8 4 220 716 Connection docking + Circuit board X
9 4 083 010 Toothed washer A4,3 DIN6797-A2
10 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
11 4 079 000 Cylinder head screw AM4x6 DIN84
12 4 220 529 Housing bush charging for SM X
13 4 220 549 Housing without bush charging for SF X
14 4 211 723 Cover X
15a 1 215 379 Hexagon socket head cap screw M10x25 1.4301 DIN912
(to 17a/23a)
15b 1 215 346 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x25 1.4301 DIN912
(to 17b/23b)
16 1 215 551 Parallel pin 8M6x30 DIN7-A2
17a 4 220 403-L S-Wedge left (to 22a) (to serial number (SNO) 1 146 488)
17b 4 220 599-L S-Wedge left (to 22b) (from SNO 1 146 515)
18 4 220 496 Housing Interface socket SB
19 4 144 738 Spacer
20 1 215 459 Hexagon nut M5 1.4301 DIN934
21 4 220 740 Sensor wedge blocking X
22a 4 220 405 Head
22b 4 220 595 Head
23a 4 220 403-R S-Wedge right (to 22a) X
23b 4 220 599-R S-Wedge right (to 22b) X
24a 4 144 703 Main circuit board X
24b 4 144 991 Main circuit board (sensor inclination contained) X*
25 4 102 122 Sensor inclination (only with 4 144 703) X
26 4 102 123 Control cable 12-core X
27 4 102 124 Control cable 10-core X
28 4 081 010 Cylinder head screw AM3x16 DIN84-A2
* See table under "Second-hand parts" on page N-2

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I9


Head

31

32

2/8x

4/2x 3/5x 25
5
24
6/5x 27
8
26 24

14 9/5x

15/2x 11/5x
10/5x
12
16
13

17
22
28/2x 20/4x
19/10x 23

15/2x

18 16

21 14

29/6x

30/6x

I10 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


29 4 102 084 Cable bushing Sensors Foot
4 102 083 Cable bushing Cable Accumulator
4 102 083 Cable bushing UB MS
4 102 084 Cable bushing Data MS
4 102 087 Cable bushing Touch panel column
4 102 087 Cable bushing Cable SF
30 4 220 714 Terminal block 1 X
4 220 713 Cable Accumulator connection X
4 220 711 Cable Motor control DATA X
4 220 710 Cable Motor control UB X
4 220 715 Cable Touch panel X
4 220 727 Cable supply Fixed version X
31 1 216 352 Label earth clamp X
32 4 133 038 Pictogram charge X

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I11


Main drive

1 Main drive
2

3
13

14

5/4x
15/6x
7
6/4x
8/4x
12

10
11

16
17/4x

18

19

12

20 19

21

22

23/5x
24
25

I12 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 220 712 Cable main lift motor X
2 4 220 721 Sensor contact Lift up X
3 4 220 720 Sensor contact Lift down X
4 4 144 719-E Motor lift with brake (incl. Pos. 6, 7, 9, 10, 11) X
5 4 075 007 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x35
6 1 215 438 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M5x10
1.4301 DIN7991
7 4 220 333 Motor holding (main drive)
8 4 220 329 Stay bolt
9 4 220 389 Pinion, main drive
10 4 220 337 Disc, main drive
11 4 081 015 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x8
12 4 144 745 Toothed belt X
13 4 220 359 Ball spindle with nut
14 4 220 323 Coupling
15 1 215 371 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x12
16 4 220 322 Adapter ring
17 1 215 353 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x40
18 4 220 321 Bearing cover
19 4 130 027 Roller-bearing
20 4 220 348 Toothed disc
21 4 220 320 Bearing support
22 4 220 517 Spacer plate
23 4 075 006 Hexagon socket head cap M6x8
24 4 144 746 Locking washer
25 4 144 744 Lock nut

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I13


Trendelenburg drive

Trendelenburg
1 drive
2

3
4/4x 4/6x
5/4x

6
8 20/6x
7/4x
26 19
9
10 18
25 19
34

35
14 8 24 34
36
11
34
23 34 27
13
14
12 28

16/4x
31

9 32
22/4x

15
29
16/4x

33 21

17 34
18
30
34

19 34
19
20/6x
34

I14 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 081 015 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x8
2 4 220 500 Disc additional drive
3 4 220 420 Belt pinion
4 4 075 007 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x35
5 1 215 438 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M5x10
1.4301 DIN7991
6 4 220 331 Motor support
7 4 220 328 Stay bolt
8 4 130 027 Roller-bearing
9 4 220 495 Bearing assembly
10 4 220 728 Trendelenburg sensor TR 1.1 X
11 4 144 742 Slotted nut self-locking
12 4 144 783 Motor Trendelenburg X
13 see Pos. 29 Stop nut
14 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8
15 4 144 736 Slotted nut self-locking
16 1 215 358 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x16 1.4301 DIN912
17 4 220 363 Cardan bearing Trendelenburg
18 4 220 361 Cardan
19 4 220 364 Cardan bearing block
20 1 215 355 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x20
21 4 220 345 Hangers Trendelenburg
22 1 215 379 Hexagon socket head cap screw M10x25 1.4301 DIN912 X
23 4 220 412 Spindle tube Trendelenburg
24 see Pos. 29 Spindle nut
25 4 220 424 Bush Trendelenburg
26 4 220 421 Belt wheel
27 4 220 516 Bearing angle
28 4 083 212 Dowel pin 4x50
29 4 220 538 Trapezoidal spindle Trendelenburg with spindle nut
30 4 144 741 Toothed belt X
31 1 215 458 Hexagon nut M4
32 4 079 025 Hexagon screw M4x30
33 4 220 365 Bearing angle Trendelenburg support
34 4 144 463 Bush DU
35 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
36 4 220 366 Cardan bearing

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I15


Tilt drive, left

Tilt drive, left


4/6x
1
21/6x
2
16 22
3
4/4x
23
15 34 22
5/4x

6 14
34 34
24
7/4x
13 34 25

26
8

12
27
11
31

20 32
35

10/4x

30 9
28
12
33

18

19 29

17
20

I16 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 081 015 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x8
2 4 220 500 Disc additional drive
3 4 220 420 Belt pinion
4 4 075 007 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x35
5 1 215 438 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M5x10
1.4301 DIN7991
6 4 220 331 Motor support
7 4 220 328 Stay bolt
8 4 220 718 Sensor Tilt left X
9 4 220 495 Bearing assembly
10 1 215 379 Hexagon socket head cap screw M10x25 1.4301 DIN912
11 4 220 360 Housing 1 tilt drive left
12 4 130 027 Roller-bearing
13 4 220 344 Spindle type tilt
14 see Pos. 28 Spindle nut
15 4 220 423 Bush tilt
16 4 220 421 Belt wheel
17 4 144 782 Motor tilt left X
18 4 144 742 Slotted nut self-locking
19 see Pos. 28 Stop nut
20 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8
21 1 215 355 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x20
22 4 220 364 Cardan bearing block
23 4 220 361 Cardan
24 4 220 366 Cardan bearing
25 4 220 367 Bearing angle
26 4 083 212 Dowel pin 4x50
27 1 215 358 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x16 1.4301 DIN912
28 4 220 536 Trapezoidal spindle tilt complete
29 4 144 741 Toothed belt X
30 4 220 356 Housing 2 tilt drive left
31 1 215 458 Hexagon nut M4
32 4 079 026 Hexagon screw M4x16
33 4 144 851 Bush DU
34 4 144 463 Bush DU
35 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I17


Tilt drive, right

Tilt drive, right

10/6x

1/6x

2
11 30
3 29
35 2
12 28
10

35 27/4x
4 35

13 26
5

6 14 25/4x
35
37/2x 24
7/4x
31
32
15 36

16 34
17 18

8
35
23

33
21
9
15

19

20

21 22

I18 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 1 215 355 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x20
2 4 220 364 Cardan bearing block
3 4 220 361 Cardan
4 4 220 366 Cardan bearing
5 4 220 367 Bearing angle
6 4 083 212 Dowel pin 4x50
7 1 215 358 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x16 1.4301 DIN912
8 4 220 536 Trapezoidal spindle tilt complete
9 4 144 741 Toothed belt X
10 4 075 007 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x35
11 4 220 421 Belt wheel
12 4 220 423 Bush tilt
13 see Pos. 8 Spindle nut
14 4 220 344 Spindle pipe tilt
15 4 130 027 Roller-bearing
16 4 220 495 Bearing assembly
17 4 220 325 Housing 2 tilt drive right
18 4 220 324 Housing 1 tilt drive right
19 4 144 742 Slotted nut self-locking
20 see Pos. 8 Stop nut
21 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8
22 4 144 781 Motor tilt right X
23 4 220 717 Sensor tilt right X
24 1 215 379 Hexagon socket head cap screw M10x25 1.4301 DIN912
25 4 220 328 Stay bolt
26 4 220 331 Motor support
27 1 215 438 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M5x10
1.4301 DIN7991
28 4 220 420 Belt pinion
29 4 220 500 Disc additional drive
30 4 081 015 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x8
31 1 215 458 Hexagon nut M4
32 4 079 026 Hexagon screw M4x16
33 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
34 4 144 851 Bush DU
35 4 144 463 Bush DU
36 4 220 439 Switching strip
37 1 215 429 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x10

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I19


Lift Sensors/Cables Motor Control

1 2 / 2 x 1 2 / 2 x 3 4 5
Lift Sensors/Cables Motor Control

2 / 2 x

6
7
8
9

1 0

5
1 1

1 2

1 3 / 2 x

L 1
L 2
L 3
L 4
L 5
L 6
L 7
L 8
L 9
L 1 0
L 1 1

L 1 2

I20 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 220 720 Sensor contact Lift down X
2 4 079 000 Hexagon socket cap screw MI6K M4x6
3 4 220 406 End position main lift
4 1 215 397 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x16 DIN912-A2
5 4 220 721 Sensor contact Lift up X
6 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
7 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8
8 4 083 010 Toothed disc A4,3
9 4 101 041 Plastic clamp
10 4 220 714 Terminal block 1 X
11 4 220 713 Cable Accumulator connection X
12 4 220 712 Cable main lift motor X
13 1 215 594 Cable holder, middle

L1 4 144 782 Motor tilt left (refers only to cable) X


L2 4 144 783 Motor Trendelenburg (refers only to cable) X
L3 4 144 781 Motor tilt right (refers only to cable) X
L4 4 220 717 Sensor tilt right X
L5 4 220 728 Sensor Trendelenburg X
L6 4 220 718 Sensor tilt left X
L7 4 220 711 Cable motor control Data X
L8 4 144 782 Motor tilt left (refers only to cable) X
L9 4 144 783 Motor Trendelenburg (refers only to cable) X
L10 4 144 781 Motor tilt right (refers only to cable) X
L11 4 220 710 Cable motor control UB X
L12 4 220 712 Cable main lift motor X

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I21


Column, upper part

1/4x
Column, upper part
1/4x

3
3

7/4x
4/4x 17
10
5
6
19/2x 20/4x

5/2x 21 8/2x
18/12x
11/4x 22
23

12
13/4x 9

14/8x

15
16/8x
1/4x

I22 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 1 215 364 Hexagon socket head M8x16 1.4301 DIN912
2 4 145 367 Rubber belt X
3 4 220 379 Frame for rubber belt
4 1 215 443 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x8
5 4 220 484 Frame part 1
6 4 220 485 Frame part 2
7 1 215 378 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x12 1.4301 DIN912
8 1 215 429 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x10
9 4 220 377 Plate touch panel
10 4 144 714 Circuit board adapter X
11 4 144 852 Bush
12 4 220 368 Cardan shaft
13 4 220 369 Bearing
14 1 215 355 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x20
15 4 220 358 Cardan plate
16 4 081 116 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x12
17 4 220 715 Cable touch panel X
18 1 215 458 Hexagon nut M4
19 1 215 507 Disc 5,3 DIN9021 A2
20 4 144 738 Spacer
21 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8
22 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
23 4 083 010 Toothed disc A4,3

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I23


Column, lower part

Column, lower part

2 3/12x
13/6x

5
4

6 10

11
8

12/20x

14

13/2x

I24 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 1 219 313 Tilt drive, left X*
2 4 220 304 Guidance
3 1 215 379 Hexagon socket head cap screw M10x25 1.4301 DIN912
4 1 219 312 Tilt drive, right X*
5 4 220 445 Cover upper part, complete X
6 4 220 446 Cover middle part 3, complete X
7 4 220 447 Cover middle part 2, complete X
8 4 220 448 Cover middle part 1, complete X
9 4 220 449 Cover lower part, complete X
10 1 219 311 Trendelenburg drive X*
11 4 220 307 Motor main lift X*
12 1 215 408 Countersunk screw M3x4
13 1 215 406 Countersunk screw M3x6
14 4 144 706 Touch panel column JUPITER X
4 144 035 Touch panel column JUPITER Universal EU X
* See table under "Second-hand parts" on page N-2

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I25


Motor control

Motor control

2/3x
3/3x 5
4/2x
3/3x
24
10
2/3x 9/2x

6
13/2x
11

17 14
7/2x 13/2x

12/2x
8 7/2x

26/3x 25

15/2x
16/2x
3 23

2/2x 19
20
22
2/2x
16/3x
21 22/2x
18

13/2x

I26 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03


Appendix I

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 220 347 Cover plate
2 4 079 000 Cylinder head screw AM4x6 DIN 84
3 1 215 458 Hexagon nut M4
4 4 220 441 Clamp plate
5 1 215 344 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x10 1.4301 DIN912
6 4 220 341 Insert
7 4 081 015 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8
8 4 144 743 Energy chain
9 1 215 371 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x12
10 4 220 376 Assembly plate
11 1 215 343 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x12
12 1 215 406 Countersunk screw M3x6
13 1 215 421 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x16
14 4 220 509 Energy chain plate
15 1 215 367 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x16
16 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
17 4 220 425 Side plate
18 4 220 362 Tightening strap
19 4 083 010 Toothed disc A4,3
20 4 102 033 Cable clamp
21 4 220 761 Accumulator plate SF
22 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8
23 4 220 522 Accumulator plate SM
24 4 144 704 Motor control X*
25 4 144 764 Accumulator, 12 V, 2 Ah SF X
26 4 144 324 Accumulator, 12 V, 10 Ah SM X
* See table under "Second-hand parts" on page N-2

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 I27


I28 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361- 03/03
Appendix J

Spare parts GM Table top

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J1


Seat plate

Seat plate

3
1 4

2
5

J2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix J

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 145 382 Cushion Seat plate X
2 4 220 120 Seat plate base X
3 4 220 119 Bolt for cushion support
4 1 215 393 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M8x20
1.4301 DIN7991
5 4 220 125 Distance plate Seat plate

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J3


Back plate

Back plate

4
2 3

J4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix J

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 145 381 Cushion Back plate 1 X
2 4 220 121 Plate Back plate 1 X
3 4 220 119 Bolt for cushion support
4 1 215 393 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M8x20
1.4301 DIN7991
5 4 220 126 Distance plate Back plate 1

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J5


Leg plate joint

Leg plate joint

5 2/4x
6 1
7/2x

4/4x 3
8

6
5
9/3x
17
10/3x

11
9/3x
10/3x

16
15
14 12
13
12

J6 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix J

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 1 219 237 Motor Table Top, Back plate and Leg plate X*
(incl. Pos. 3 and 4)
2 1 215 378 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x12 1.4301 DIN912
3 4 220 034 Flange
4 1 215 438 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M5x10
1.4301 DIN7991
5 4 220 026 Slide disc X
6 4 144 727 Sealing X
7 4 083 130 Dowel pin 8M6x16 DIN7-A2
8 4 220 025-E Gear X
9 4 081 059 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x16
1.4301 DIN7991
10 4 083 208 Dowel pin D10 M6x24 1.4305 DIN7979
11 4 220 099-R Cap right
4 220 099-L Cap left
12 1 215 424 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M8x35
1.4301 DIN7991
13 4 220 101 Standard rail hinge
14 4 220 100-R Spacer right
4 220 100-L Soacer left
15 4 220 736 Sensor addition X
16 4 220 095-R Joint leg plate right
4 220 095-L Joint leg plate left
17 4 144 726 O-ring X
* See table under "Second-hand parts" on page N-2

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J7


Seat plate spar

Seat plate spar

9
5/4x 10
4/3x 6
7 9
2/2x 1
8

16 11/3x 38
3 17/3x 12/3x
20/2x 18/3x 14
40
21/4x 39/2x 11/3x
13
26/2x
19
15
22
23 27/2x 12/3x
24
35

31

25 34/2x

25
28/2x
37/3x
36
29
30/3x 32
33/3x

J8 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix J

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 220 122-R Cap assembling window right X
4 220 122-L Cop assembling window left X
2 4 081 059 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x16
1.4301 DIN7991
3 4 144 739 Sealing X
4 4 081 065 Countersunk screw M3x4 DIN965-A2
5 4 081 107 Countersunk screw M3x12 DIN965-A2
6 4 220 105-R Cap right
4 220 105-L Cap left
7 4 220 102-R Cable routing right
4 220 102-L Cable routing left
8 4 220 112 Spacer
9 4 144 727 Sealing X
10 4 220 025-E Gear X
11 4 083 208 Dowel pin D10 M6x24 1.4305 DIN7979
12 4 081 059 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x16
1.4301 DIN7991
13 4 220 057-R Cap right
4 220 057-L Cap left
14 4 220 056 Cable routing
15 4 220 732 Cable Back plate X
16 4 102 088 Cable bush
17 4 081 017 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8 DIN7984-A2
18 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
19 4 220 955 Cassette rail SP
20 4 081 065 Countersunk screw M3x4 DIN965-A2
21 4 081 107 Countersunk screw M3x12 DIN965-A2
21a 4 081 117 Countersunk screw M3x16 DIN965-A2
(for end position longitudinal movement)
21b 4 220 118 End position (for longitudinal movement)
22 4 220 090-R Cable routing joint leg plate right
4 220 090-L Cable routing joint leg plate left
23 4 220 094-R Cap right
4 220 094-L Cap left
24 4 220 111 Spacer
25 4 220 735 Sensor End/Ref X
26 4 083 229 Screwed pin M4x4 DIN 913-A2

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J9


Seat plate spar

9
5/4x 10
4/3x 6
7 9
2/2x 1
8

16 11/3x 38
3 17/3x 12/3x
20/2x 18/3x 14
40
21/4x 39/2x 11/3x
13
26/2x
19
15
22
23 27/2x 12/3x
24
35

31

25 34/2x

25
28/2x
37/3x
36
29
30/3x 32
33/3x

J10 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix J

Pos. Item no. Description SP


27 1 215 364 Hexagon socket head M8x16 1.4301 DIN912
28 1 215 430 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M6x12
1.4301 DIN7991
29 4 220 043-R Toothed rack right
4 220 043-L Toothed rack left
30 1 215 345 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x16 1.4301 DIN912
31 4 083 104 Dowel pin 6 M6x18 DIN7-A2
32 4 220 039-R Cover plate right
4 220 039-L Cover plate left
33 4 081 071 Countersunk screw M3x6 DIN965-A2
34 4 210 636 Spacer sleeve
35 4 220 127 Spacer sleeve
36 4 220 123 Standard rail Seat plate
37 1 215 428 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M8x40
1.4301 DIN7991
38 4 144 726 O-ring X
39 1 215 278 Cylinder head screw AM3x12 1.4301 DIN84
40 4 145 562 Cable Leg plate left X
4 145 563 Cable Leg plate right X

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J11


Back plate spar

Back plate spar


5

6
2 7
1/2x

30 9
10
11 16
3
4/2x
12
8/3x 15
21/2x 20/2x 19/3x 13
14
18
22/2x 17/3x

23/2x

25/4x

28/2x
24
26
27/4x

29

J12 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix J

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 081 059 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x16
1.4301 DIN7991
2 4 220 122-R Cap assembling window right X
4 220 122-L Cap assembling window left X
3 4 102 088 Cable bush
4 1 215 278 Cylinder head screw AM3x12 1.4301 DIN84
5 4 220 086 Tension bolt X
6 4 220 139 Pressure sleeve
7 4 220 085-R Joint Back plate right
4 220 085-L Joint Back plate left
8 4 121 096 Cup spring X
9 4 083 082 Shim ring 18x25x0.1 DIN988, ST X
10 4 083 083 Shim ring 18x25x0.2 DIN988, ST X
11 4 220 147 Pressure plate X
12 4 213 606 Pin
13 4 220 010 Lever, small X
14 4 220 088 Eccentric lever X
15 4 083 072 Dowel pin 4M6x24 DIN7-A2
16 4 121 033 Pressure spring
17 4 210 636 Distance bush
18 4 220 124 Standard rail Back plate
19 1 215 428 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M8x40
1.4301 DIN7991
20 1 215 364 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x16 1.4301 DIN912
21 4 083 229 Screwed pin M4x4 DIN 913-A2
22 4 220 735 Sensor End/Ref X
23 1 215 430 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M6x12
1.4301 DIN7991
24 1 219 237 Motor Back plate/Leg plate (incl. Pos. 25 and 26) X*
25 1 215 378 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x12 1.4301 DIN912
26 4 220 034 Collar
27 1 215 438 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M5x10
1.4301 DIN7991
28 4 083 130 Dowel pin 8 M6x16 DIN7-A2
29 4 220 025-E Gear X
30 4 144 739 Sealing X
* See table under "Second-hand parts" on page N-2

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J13


Connecting plate

Connecting plate
1

3
2/4x

1
1

2/4x 7
6/4x
4 9
10
5

8/2x

11/4x
15/4x 19
20
5 12/2x
17 18

18 13

15/4x

13

16 11/6x

14

J14 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix J

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 1 215 438 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M5x10
1.4301 DIN7991
2 4 081 015 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M4x8
DIN7991-A2
3 4 220 106 Cover
4 1 215 306 Cylinder head screw AM4x5 1.4301 DIN84
5 4 102 033 Clip for cable
6 1 215 438 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M5x10
1.4301 DIN7991
7 4 220 061 Motor support
8 1 215 344 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x10 1.4301 DIN912
9 4 220 074 Toothed disc X
10 1 219 238 Motor Longitudinal (incl. Pos. 6, 7 and 9) X*
11 1 215 378 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x12 1.4301 DIN912
12 1 215 345 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x16 1.4301 DIN912
13 4 220 073 Clamping collar
14 4 144 721 Linear guidance
15 1 215 422 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x12 1.4301 DIN7984
16 1 216 159 Magnet X
17 1 215 396 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x10 1.4301 DIN912
18 1 215 397 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x16 DIN912-A2
19 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8 DIN912-A2
20 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
* See table under "Second-hand parts" on page N-2

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J15


Wedge holding

Wedge holding 1
2/2x
1
2/2x
2/2x

1
2/2x

3
4
9
5/2x 5/2x 10

6
7 8 11

16 25

5/4x 12
5/2x 15

13
26
18 19 14
17
20
21
20
21
23

24
22
17/4x

J16 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix J

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 1 215 579 Groove pin 6x16 1.4301 DIN1473
2 4 081 012 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x12 DIN7984-A2
3 4 144 720 Energy chain X
4 4 145 562 Cable Leg plate left X
4 145 563 Cable Leg plate right X
5 4 081 071 Countersunk screw M3x6 DIN965-A2
6 4 081 072 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x16 DIN7984-A2
7 4 211 517 Lever
8 4 211 521 Collar bushing, twisted
9 4 211 524 Stuffing
10 4 121 040 Pressure spring
11 4 081 017 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8 DIN7984-A2
12 4 220 185 Latch
13 4 083 105 Locking washer 7 DIN6799-A2
14 4 220 187 Pin
15 4 220 014-R Wedge holding right
4 220 014-L Wedge holding left
16 4 220 018 Holding for bushing
17 4 102 111 Lid X
18 4 102 113 Socket X
19 4 220 731 Cable Additional components/Section control unit X
20 1 215 404 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x60 1.4031 DIN912
21 4 220 128 Dowel pin
22 4 220 020 Cover left
23 4 220 017 Cover
24 4 133 068 Pictogram JUPITER X
25 4 144 449 Collar bushing
26 4 220 110 Lid

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J17


Contact plate

Contact plate
1/4x
2/4x

3 7
4 8
5
6 10
9

11/4x

12/5x 19/2x
13/5x 6
14/5x
15/3x 20

16/3x
17/3x

18
23

25/3x

21/3x

22/2x

26

24/2x

J18 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix J

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8 DIN912-A2
2 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
3 4 220 731 Cable Additional component/Section control unit X
4 4 145 563 Cable Leg plate right X
5 4 145 562 Cable Leg plate left X
6 4 220 729 Sensor Ref/OR X
7 4 220 735 Sensor End/Ref X
8 4 220 730 Cable Docking part X
9 4 099 045 Fuse 6.3 A X
10 4 144 707 Circuit board-distribution Table top X
11 4 083 213 Spacer bolt
12 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8 DIN912-A2
13 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
14 4 083 010 Toothed disc A4,3 DIN6797-A2
15 4 081 028 Hexagon socket head cap screw M4x8 DIN912-A2
16 1 215 497 Grommet A4,3 1.4301 DIN125
17 4 083 010 Toothed disc A4,3 DIN6797-A2
18 1 215 399 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x25 1.4301 DIN912
19 4 081 047 Hexagon socket head cap screw M3x14 DIN912-A2
20 4 144 740 Clamp block
21 4 220 024 Contact pin X
22 4 081 103 Hexagon socket head cap screw M3x6
23 4 220 023 Contact plate
24 4 081 015 Hexagon socked countersunk head screw M4x8
DIN7991-A2
25 4 121 105 Pressure spring
26 4 220 027 Lid, contact plate

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J19


Gear

Gear

2 1

3
7
5 10
6
8 2 1

4
11
9/2x
10
8
3

9/2x

J20 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix J

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 220 021-R Gear Longitudinal movement, right X
4 220 021-L Gear Longitudinal movement, left X
2 4 083 118 Dowel pin 4M6x20 DIN7-A2
3 4 220 011 Cone wheel, pair X
4 4 083 025 Screwed pin M5x8 DIN915-A2
5 4 144 724 Toothed belt X
6 4 220 071 Toothed disc X
7 4 083 044 Screwed pin M5x10 DIN915-A2
8 4 220 072 Bearing support
9 1 215 344 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x10 1.4301 DIN912
10 4 130 024 Ball bearing 61801 DIN625
11 4 220 008 Shaft

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 J21


J22 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03
Appendix K

Spare parts Shuttle 1, Shuttle 2, Shuttle 3

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 K1


K2

Shuttle 1
1 9
1 6
1 8 2 1
1 5
1 3 1 4
1 3 1 7 2 3
1 2
8
2 2
9 /4 x 2 3
1 6
7 1 0 / 4 x

Shuttle 1
1 /4 x 6 1 1 / 4 x 3 5 2 4
2 8
5 1 6
4 3 3
2 5
2 6
3 2 7
2
3 4
3 3
3 6 5 5 1 6
3 9 2 9
3 4
4 0
4 1 2 3
4 5 1 8 4 8 2 8
3 0
3 5 3 2
2 0 5 9 / 4 x 3 1
2 0 4 3
6 0 3 7
4 4 3 8
6 1 5 4
6 2 3 5
6 5 9 / 3 x 4 7 5 6
5 0 / 2 x 5 8 5 3
1 0 / 3 x 5 7
6 2 4 9 / 3 x
6 3 3 9
6 1 4 3
Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03

4 6 / 3 x 5 1
5 9 / 4 x
9 / 2 x 9 / 2 x
1 0 / 2 x 1 0 / 2 x
4 2 / 2 x 5 2 / 2 x
6 1
6 4

6 6
Appendix K

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 1 215 429 Hexagon socket countersunk M4x10
2 4 231 334 Sliding plate X
3 4 231 333 Initiator plate
4 4 231 039 Distance plate
5 4 121 013 Pressure spring
6 4 231 015 Initiator core
7 4 231 017 Sliding piece
8 4 231 446 Initiator housing
9 1 215 500 Grommet A6,4 1.4301 DIN125
10 1 215 489 Spring washer B6
11 1 215 351 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x20
12 1 215 501 Grommet A8,4
13 4 121 031 Pressure spring
14 4 231 016 Counter bearing
15 1 215 456 Hexagon nut M8
16 4 144 124 Clevis for gas spring
17 4 144 155 Bolt BEK 8x20x16,5 MBO
18 4 231 445 Slide bar
19 4 144 156 Locking ring X
20 1 215 783 Adjusting feet X
21 4 231 014 Bolt
22 4 231 031 Clevis
23 4 144 167 Spring bolt X
24 4 231 009 Threaded rod
25 4 121 030 Pressure spring X
26 4 084 005 Rived 2.5x16
27 4 231 012 Lever arm
28 1 215 344 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x10 1.4301 DIN912
29 4 231 010 Cross shaft
30 4 231 008 Lever arm, simple
31 4 231 011 Switch button X
32 1 215 691 Threaded pin with finger M6x10
33 4 231 049 Bush
34 4 145 014 Cap X
35 4 145 011 Cap X
36 4 133 026 Pictogram Plate support X

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 K3


K4

Shuttle 1
1 9
1 6
1 8 2 1
1 5
1 3 1 4
1 3 1 7 2 3
1 2
8
2 2
9 /4 x 2 3
1 6
7 1 0 / 4 x
1 /4 x 6 1 1 / 4 x 3 5 2 4
2 8
5 1 6
4 3 3
2 5
2 6
3 2 7
2
3 4
3 3
3 6 5 5 1 6
3 9 2 9
3 4
4 0
4 1 2 3
4 5 1 8 4 8 2 8
3 0
3 5 3 2
2 0 5 9 / 4 x 3 1
2 0 4 3
6 0 3 7
4 4 3 8
6 1 5 4
6 2 3 5
6 5 9 / 3 x 4 7 5 6
5 0 / 2 x 5 8 5 3
1 0 / 3 x 5 7
6 2 4 9 / 3 x
6 3 3 9
6 1 4 3
4 6 / 3 x
Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03

5 1
5 9 / 4 x
9 / 2 x 9 / 2 x
1 0 / 2 x 1 0 / 2 x
4 2 / 2 x 5 2 / 2 x
6 1
6 4

6 6
Appendix K

Pos. Item no. Description PR


37 4 133 025 Pictogram Start X
38 4 133 027 Pictogram Wheel function X
39 4 145 012 Cap X
40 4 133 072 Pictogram TRUMPF X
41 4 231 028 Wheel support, front
42 1 215 354 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x30 DIN912-A2
43 4 081 058 Hexagon socket head cap screw M8x10
44 4 231 007 Fender, pair
45 4 082 012 Pop rivet nut
46 1 215 579 Groove pin 6x16 1.4301 DIN1473
47 4 083 008 Disc 15
48 4 231 041 Initiator bush
49 1 215 352 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x25
50 1 215 434 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M6x20
51 4 231 003 Initiator plate
52 1 215 460 Hexagon nut M6 1.4301 DIN934
53 4 231 025 Wheel support, back
54 4 083 128 Dowel pin 4x16
55 4 231 269 Threaded rod
56 4 231 045 Switch bush
57 4 144 165 Rubber ball Ø 50 X
58 4 231 048 Hexagon shaft
59 1 215 371 Hexagon socket head cap screw M6x12
60 4 231 004 Hexagon shaft
61 4 145 022 Bearing bush
62 4 129 006 Rubber disc
63 4 231 034 Gear shift control, pair
64 4 231 109 Adjusting disc
65 4 145 432 Wheel, front X
66 4 145 431 Wheel, back X

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 K5


Shuttle 2 / Shuttle 3

S h u ttle 2 Shuttle 2 / Shuttle 3 S h u ttle 3

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3 8
1 0 3 9
1 1
1 2

S h u ttle 3

1 9
2 0
1 3 2 1
1 4
1 5
1 6
1 7
1 8 2 2
2 3
2 4
2 5
2 6
2 7
2 8

2 9 3 0 3 1 3 2 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 7 1 6 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7
3 3

K6 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix K

Part. Item no. Description SP


Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M6x12
1 1 215 430
1.4301 DIN7991
2 4 083 022 Locking washer
3 1 215 504 Grommet 13,0 1.4301DIN125
4 4 231 387 Lever
5 4 144 191 Switch button X
6 4 231 413 Lever
7 4 231 375 Driving unit complete Shuttle 2 X
8 4 231 381 Driving unit complete Shuttle 3 X
9 4 231 403 Locking device
10 1 215 359 Hexagon socket head cap screw M5x12
11 4 083 022 Locking washer
12 4 231 373 Pivot
13 4 081 103 Hexagon socket head cap screw M3x6
14 4 081 026 Countersunk screw M4x6
15 4 231 426 Lid
16 4 082 004 Hexagon nut M6 DIN439-A2
17 4 230 575 Adjusting screw
18 4 101 020 Bowden cable Shuttle 2 X
4 101 021 Bowden cable Shuttle 3 X
19 4 081 065 Countersunk screw M3x4
20 4 231 436 Cover complete
21 1 215 357 Hexagon socket head cap screw M10x40
22 4 144 178 Hydraulic aggregat lift X
23 1 215 423 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw M8x16
24 4 212 270 Clamp right
25 4 212 269 Clamp left
26 1 215 545 Parallel pin 8 M6x24
27 4 231 204 Pump lever
28 4 144 112 Rubber pedal X
29 4 231 103 Sliding piece
30 4 121 002 Pressure spring
31 4 231 410 Pipe
32 4 231 102 Locking screw
33 1 215 572 Parallel pin 3 M6x8
34 4 231 427 Snap into position housing

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 K7


Shuttle 2 / Shuttle 3

S h u ttle 2 S h u ttle 3

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3 8
1 0 3 9
1 1
1 2

S h u ttle 3

1 9
2 0
1 3 2 1
1 4
1 5
1 6
1 7
1 8 2 2
2 3
2 4
2 5
2 6
2 7
2 8

2 9 3 0 3 1 3 2 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 7 1 6 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7
3 3

K8 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix K

Part. Item no. Description SP


35 1 216 001 Pressure spring
36 4 231 379 Parallel pin
37 4 231 396 Snap into position bolt
38 4 231 435 Crank X
39 4 250 176 Crank holder X

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 K9


K10 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03
Appendix L

Status and Error Messages: Operating Table Software


Messages advising of specific states are output over the RS232 interface. These can be
either normal operating messages or error messages. Specific errors are, in part, stored in
the EEPROM with additional information.
Those states which are requested over the RS232 interface are not included in this
document.

No. in the EEPROM


Additional
information
Error No.

(2 bytes)
Status or error message Description
Output
decimal

1. Start Messages
Output of the version of motor computer and operating computer.
Output of messages of the function motor_on(), see 01-03
01 Shuttle found -> ZERO set A shuttle has been recognised, -
zeroing is set validly
02 Power on: transfer Error: shuttle jam recognised 10
at switch on
03 System ready End of start phase -

2. Main loop messages

04 ZERO reached Zero position reached -


05 SYN_ERR>120: pos1 pos2 Error: synchronisation during 12 2 back section, 0
run, stop 3 leg section, 0
12 additional, 0
06 SYN_ERR>250: pos1 pos2 Error: the motor which is -
running on is stopped
07 SYN_ERR>500: pos1 pos2 Error: positions to zero, further 11 2 back section, 0
travel only to REF 3 leg section, 0
12 additional, 0
08 Limit flex End position of flex reached -
09 Zero: transfer on Error: sensors transfer with 13
zeroing still active
10 Table top direction set Manual selection of section -
manually direction is made (after error)
11 SYN: delta pos1 pos2 End of synchronisation -
movement (difference + pos.)
12 S Start of a movement -
13 E End of movement -

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 L1


Appendix L

3. Test Messages every Second

14 Accu overload Error: Battery voltage too high, 14


charging is switched off
15 Accu empty soon Battery will soon be flat -
16 Accu empty Error: Battery id flat, further 4 -- in operation
movements are blocked 1- in transfer
2- in cleaning function

4. Movement Control Messages (motor_sv(), saeulen_sv())

17 ERR Mx: Motor x only travels to REF -


(error routine)
18 Direction? Determing the permitted -
direction of movement
19 ZERO Reference (both) reached, -
error routine finishes
20 DIR_ERR1, 2 Objection to direction, -
new determination requested
21 W4M2 Wait for 2nd motor, -
stop this motor
22 ERR_pos, ERR_neg Attempt to move in a forbidden -
direction
23 REF seen -> stop 1st motor to REF, stop it -
24 W4M22 Prevents movement if 1 motor -
has error (synchronisation)
25 Limit 2 2nd motor in end position, -
no movement
26 Motor: state single drive Status error of motor x 16 TP motor number
17 Column motor number
27 Fx Motor driver error x with SV -
command
28 Limit Mx End position of motor x -
reached
29 Stop error Mx -> Table top off Error: movement control, 15 Motor number
motor x stopped, Table top off
30 Stop REF Normal movement stop at -
reference
31 Limit column stat End position of additional lift -
with current status
32 Limit M11 ellipse stat End position ellipse as per -
motor control SPAT with status

L2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix L

5. Transfer Functions Messages

33 Missing ZERO position on Error: missing zeroing on 18 0 status, actual and


transfer: x y (hex. output 232) transfer, x actual, y expected target
NULL_STATUS:
#define RUECKEN_NULL 0x01 Bit1 // zeroing back section
#define BEIN_R_NULL 0x02 Bit2 // zeroing right leg
#define BEIN_L_NULL 0x04 Bit3 // zeroing left leg
#define BEINE_NULL 0x06 // both legs combined
#define VERSCHIEB_NULL 0x08 Bit4 // zeroing horizontal displacement
#define PLATTE_NULL 0x0f // total section combined
#define ZUSATZ_NULL 0x10 Bit5 // zeroing additional lift
#define HAUPTHUB_NULL 0x20 Bit6 // zeroing main lift
#define SAEULE_NULL 0x30 // total column combined
#define NULL_BEEP 0x40 Bit7 // flag bit, whether already beeped
What is set in the target to 1 must have a 0 in the actual, if a 1 stands in the actual then this
indicates the error, zeroed axes have a 0.
34 Transfer requested d! Start transfer in direction d -
(0=upwards 1=downwards)
35 Motor current i without moving Motor error: power despite 26 255 = 7.9 A
-> error (decimal over 232) standstill
36 Accu empty Error: total discharge with 4
immediate switch off
37 Limit transfer End position reached -
38 Only 1 sensor seen Error: there is a shuttle jam, it 19
is not located correctly at both
sensors
39 Transfer finished End transfer -

6. Collision Control and Ellipse Control Messages

40 Error x LAPOS collision test Error: during collection of the 33 Motor number
motor positions
41 L x; B y; F z Displacement (x), -
back angle (y),
legs (z) positions
42 Error x SWE_SET collision test Error when setting the software -
end switch
43 Error x MSTAT collision test Error during read out of new -
motor static (end positions!!)
44 Inclination S:x y; N:x y Measured inclination angle of -
column and inclination sensor
45 Error: inclination main control Error: angle measurement 20
SPAT
46 Error: inclination sensor Error: angle sensor TETRA 21
47 Error: inclination difference Error: difference between 22
inclination sensors
48 Limit inclination s, t End position inclination with -
status bits internally

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 L3


Appendix L

7. Power ON/OFF Messages

49 Power off Operating table switched off -


50 Table top off Table top switched off -
51 Motors off All motors switched off -
52 Motor ON failed on hardware Error: after several attempts to 5
switch on
53 TEST: motor on without control Switch on without control -
sensors/table top
54 Accu empty - motors not Battery too flat, -
powered motors remain off
55 Motor on... Begin the switch on test -
56 Table top direction not defined Error: direction of the table 1
top not clear
57 Table top not wedged Error: table top not wedged 2
58 Table top in normal direction Table top recognised in -
normal position
59 Table top in inverse direction Table top recognised in reverse -
position
60 Table top chosen manually Manual selection of direction -
recognised
61 Only column on On the column is switched on -
62 Motor: no answer M11 Error: no communication with 23
the motor control
63 Motor: no answer M10 Error: no communication with 24
the main lift
64 Column state x Error: error bit, 25 Bit 0
position storage of column set
65 Main lift state x Error: error bit, 25 Bit 1
position storage
66 Error x table top state Error: while determining the 25 Bit 2
table top status
Explanation of the significance of the bits in the additional bytes with error 25:
1st byte - error source, summarised
Bit 0 - Error in column
Bit 1 - Error in main lift
Bit 2 - Error in table top, more information on this in the 2nd byte
Bit 3 - Error, back left
Bit 4 - Error, back right

2nd byte, return value table top status.


Motor number with error plus 10, that is 16 for motor 6.
If there is no answer from the motor, then 10 is not added.
Other errors, such as table top type, create their own error numbers and so return zero
(output over 232 hex).
67 Position save error x - INIT Error: position storage of any 25 Evaluate bits
motor, all positions are set to
zero and the motors are
switched off

L4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix L

8. Table top Status Messages

68 Table top removed Table top has been removed 3


69 Motor current i without moving Error: motor current without 26 255 = 7.9 A
-> error target movement
70 Error: Table top type sensors Error: logic error, 27
Reed contacts
71 No motor found - mech. table Mechanical table top -
top recognised
72 Table top type t Mx found Table top type t has been -
recognised on motor x
73 Table top type error Error: table top type does not 28
match motor
74 EU Additional module OR adapter -
recognised
75 2 legs Movement of single leg -
sections possible

9. Additional Drive Messages

76 Extra: only synchro available Attempt to run single motor -


with additional drives
77 Extra: not initialised Error: INIT additional drives -
missing
78 Motor on failed Error: switch on of all motors -
failed
79 Extra motors only with table top Additional drives only -
allowed permitted with servo table top
80 Error extra 1 / 2 (dec) Error: reading the status of 29 Motor number
motor 12 or 13
81 Error PosMem extra 1 / 2 Error: reading the status of 29 Motor number
motor 12 or 13
82 Extra synchron Additional module recognised, -
synchronisation traverse
83 ExtraPos saved Position of additional drives -
was stored
84 Extra INIT INIT additional drives -
succeeded

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 L5


Appendix L

10. Motor Driver Messages

85 Error stat SV Error SV command, -


status output
86 Mx E err Bb (dec, dec, hex) Error: (from motor) 30 Motor number,
motor x, command b (dec.) error Spat
87 Mx Bb (dec, dec) Error: general error motor x, 31 Motor number,
command b (dec.) command
88 M: SIO_OVL Buffer error motor interface -
K-line
89 M: Address Invalid motor address -
-> 0x81
90 M: Command Invalid command (>127) -
-> 0x82
91 M: Bytes Invalid data count -
-> 0x83
92 M: Send n Sending check error -
(n bytes ok) -> 0x8B
93 M: Timeout n Timeout answer -
(n bytes received) -> 0x84
94 M: Sender x Sender does not match -
addressee -> 0x85
95 M: Parity Parity error -
-> 0x86
96 M: Timeout_2 Timeout error data bytes -
-> 0x87
97 M: CRC Checksum error -
-> 0x88
98 M: Receipt Handshake bit missing -
-> 0x89
99 M: ACK ACK bit missing -
-> 0x8A

11. Cleaning Functions Messages

100 Cleaning function d start Start cleaning function with -


direction d
101 Error table top/wedges Error: table top or wedges 32
102 Accu empty Battery flat, switch off -
103 BREAK User presses abort key -
104 End of cleaning function End the cleaning function -

L6 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix L

12. Messages about Computer Communication Routines (I2C)

105 Timeout I2C Timeout data request I2C 6


106 START I2C No start condition recognised
107 STX-Error I2C Incorrect start ID/address
108 ACK-Error I2C No acknowledgement from
operating computer
109 STOP-Error I2C No stop condition recognised
110 Error TC x; TCN y Error code negation
111 T: t; S: s Keyboard test output: key t,
sensor status s

13. Key Evaluation Messages in the Motor Computer

112 IR error e IR error in the operating -


computer with status
113 Remote control accu empty The remote control battery is -
flat
114 Start TEST -> No? Enter test mode, select single -
test
115 TEST d started Single test d started -
116 End single TEST End single test, option to select -
new single test
117 End TEST mode Test mode ended -
118 Accu empty - keystrokes Keys discarded because battery -
deleted flat
119 Changing transfer direction Transfer direction change -
requested
120 Only column active No table top, only column up, -
down, zeroing
121 Table top without motors Mech. table top, table top keys -
discarded
122 Add. Leg element Single legs not permitted -
123 Longitudinal locked OR adapter recognised, no -
horizontal displacement
124 Only longitudinal with motor GL table top, only horizontal -
displacement permitted
125 Only legs with motor GY/GR table top, only legs -
permitted

14. Miscellaneous

126 SIO1_OVL Buffer error PC interface -


RS232

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 L7


Appendix L

Conversion of Decimal Outputs


Option A:
WINDOWS calculator (reset to scientific display), the decimal or hexadecimal number can
be directly converted into a binary number.
Option B:
conversion using the table
Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1

27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
Examples: 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
28 16+8+4 x x x
14 8+4+2 x x x
7 4+2+1 x x x

After the conversion into a binary number with this table, the error output can be assigned
to the individual error bits.

L8 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix M

Operation and power supply

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 M1


Exchange Units

Exchange Units

M2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix M

Pos. Item no. Description SP


1 4 544 148 Section control unit X*
2 4 544 149 Charging unit for section control unit X*
3 4 144 892 SM column power pack X*
4 144 897 SF column power pack (USA) X
4 4 220 709 Charging cable (for 4 544 121/1 219 657), old X
4 220 900 Charging cable (for 3) X
5 4 544 119 Cable remote control X*
4 500 119 Cable remote control (USA) X
6 4 544 120 IR-remote control X*
4 500 120 IR-remote control (USA) X
7 4 544 118 Foot control X
8 4 544 122 Charging unit for IR-remote control (mobile) X
* See table under "Second-hand parts" on page N-2

Spare parts for IR- and cable remote control

Pos. Item no. Description SP


4 145 177 IR- and cable remote control, upper part X
4 145 178 IR- and cable remote control, lower part X
4 144 996 Circuit board hand control cable 2.0 X
4 144 995 Circuit board remote control IR 2.0 X
4 144 502 9 V/160 mAh NiMH battery X
4 220 434 Bracket X
4 100 157 Connecting cable with plug X
4 144 739 Sponge rubber band X
4 144 705 Touch panel IR remote and hand control JUPITER X
4 144 029 Touch panel IR remote and hand control JUPITER (USA) X
4 081 066 Countersunk screw M3x10 DIN965-A2 (5x) X
1 215 277 Cylinder head screw M3x8 1.4301 DIN84 (2x) X

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 M3


Exchange Units

M4 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Appendix N

Second-hand parts

Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03 N1


Second-hand parts

Pos. Item no. Description


1 1 219 656 IR-remote control
2 1 219 655 Cable remote control
3 1 219 657 SM column power pack (from 4 544 121)
4 1 222 711 SM column power pack
5 1 219 658 Charging unit for IR-remote control (mobile)
6 1 219 328 Section control unit
7 1 219 327 Charging unit for section control unit
8 1 222 712 Main circuit board (sensor inclination contained)
9 1 240 583 Tilt drive, left
10 1 240 585 Tilt drive, right
11 1 240 586 Trendelenburg drive
12 1 225 102 Motor main lift
13 1 222 713 Motor control
14 1 225 090 Motor table top, back plate and leg plate
15 1 225 101 Motor longitudinal

N2 Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03


Service Manual JUPITER 4 900 361 - 03/03

TRUMPF Medizin Systeme GmbH


Postfach 1263
D-07303 Saalfeld, Germany
Phone: +49 3671 586-0 e-mail: info@de.trumpf-med.com
Telefax: +49 3671 58 61 65 www.trumpf-med.com

You might also like